Clinic Series - Path to Intermediate Level 2Clinic Series (7 classes) - Path to Intermediate, Level 2
The Level 2 Path to Intermediate clinic series is designed for players who have several months of pickleball experience, have participated in open plays at the advanced beginner or low intermediate level, and are looking to progress to a higher level of play. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 101 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke, but will approach the skills from a more advanced starting point than the Level 1 Path to Intermediate series. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
During the final week, the instructor will perform a DUPR assessment for all members of the class and provide you with a provisional DUPR rating (if you don’t have one already)
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment
Open Play (9:30am Weekend Summer)Join others and play matches in a fun, social, and/or competitive environment. Stack your paddles in a line at the court you choose to play. There will be challenge courts (ie. winner stays on) and regular courts (4 on 4 off) for a variety of skill levels. We do not restrict our open sessions to a specific skill level - all levels are welcome. Please note, these sessions do not include balls or paddles. We separately offer paddles for rent, and balls for sale.
Cancellation/No-Show/Late Policy
Full refunds will be offered as club credits if you cancel at least 24 hours prior to event start time - no refunds for cancellations within 24 hours.
If you don't show up, and don't let us know ahead of time, we will remove you from all future open play sessions that you signed up for. This is to prevent people from doing "bulk signups" to reserve their slot and then not showing up. If you are unable to attend, you can always cancel or reschedule 24 hours prior to the event in your CourtReserve account (please cancel it yourself online, as emailing or calling us to cancel beyond the 24 hour deadline does not guarantee a successful cancellation because we may not get to your request in time). If you need to cancel due to an emergency within 24 hours of the starting time, emailing us at [email protected] is the best way to let us know.
If you come to an open play, please stay for at least half the session in order to avoid being counted as a "no-show". We are noticing that some people are booking two consecutive weekday sessions from 5:30pm - 10:30pm, then show up after 7pm when the majority of the 5:30pm session is already over. This is unfair to the many people on the waitlist who would have shown up much earlier and played the whole session.
If you are running more than 15 minutes late to the session, please let us know via email ([email protected]), or we will give your spot to someone else. Often times, we have people who are at the club already waiting for a spot, but people show up late, and we are unable to let them have the spot.
We hope this policy will reduce the number of no-shows, as we know that many people want to attend the open play. Please let us know if you have any questions or concerns.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Clinic Series - Path to Intermediate Level 1Clinic Series (7 classes) - Path to Intermediate, Level 1
The Level 1 Path to Intermediate clinic series is designed for players who have completed an Intro to Pickleball class and are looking to progress to an intermediate level of play. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 101 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
During the final week, the instructor will perform a DUPR assessment for all members of the class and provide you with a provisional DUPR rating (if you don’t have one already)
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class.
Guided Open PlayGuided Open Play is the perfect bridge between learning the game and jumping into regular play. Designed for beginner and early intermediate players, these sessions are led by a coach who helps organize courts, match players by level, and provide light instruction along the way. Players will rotate through games, receive helpful tips and positioning guidance, and build confidence in a supportive, social environment. It’s a great way to reinforce skills from clinics, meet new players, and get comfortable with the flow of open play—without the pressure.
Whether you’re just getting started or looking to sharpen your fundamentals, Guided Open Play helps you learn, play, and improve all at once.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Rage Lab - Play with The ProTake your game beyond drills and into real match situations with Play with the Pro. Limited to just 3 players, this unique session gives you the opportunity to play alongside and against a PickleRage teaching professional in live game scenarios.
Receive on-court coaching, strategy tips, shot selection guidance, positioning feedback, and tactical advice as points are being played. Learn how advanced players think, move, and construct points while gaining valuable insight you can immediately apply to your own game.
Maximum 3 players • High coach interaction • Live play coaching • All levels welcome
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Clinic - Advanced Liveball with Coach AllenAdvanced Liveball with Coach Allen
This session is all about building real-game skills through nonstop action. Coach Allen’s version of Liveball puts you into high-repetition, game-like scenarios designed to sharpen decision-making, consistency, and confidence under pressure.We’ll rotate through three key situations:
Kitchen battles – all four players at the line working on dinking, attacking, and defending hands battles
Midcourt resets – one side transitions forward, focusing on softening the ball and earning their way to the kitchen
Baseline to kitchen– develop your ability to move up effectively and take control of the point
You’ll be constantly in the action—if you miss, you rotate out and jump right back in after a quick break. Expect fast-paced reps, competitive energy, and lots of coaching feedback throughout.
Perfect for players looking to improve consistency, shot selection, and transition play in a dynamic, game-like environment.
Max players per court: 6
Cancellation Policy: Full refund until 24 hours before the session starts. Cancellations within 24 hours will be subject to a full charge.
Low Enrollment Cancellation: We will cancel sessions that do not have a sufficient number of players by 8pm the prior evening. You will not be charged and will receive a notice of the cancellation via email.
INSTRUCTIONAL LEAGUE: (LOW) INTERMEDIATE (6/7-8/23 ) 12 WEEKSInstructional Leagues
Max 10 players, 2 courts
Two hours unless otherwise noted
One hour of instructor led drills and one hour of supervised play
League stats maintained
Low Intermediate: You have moved from Advanced Beginner to Low Intermediate by improving your consistency when you play. You understand more about shot selection and try to hit the ball with more direction and purpose but you aren't always able to achieve that. You find that your points are lasting longer and you are starting to understand point progression.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.
Instructional Beginner+ Open PlayInstructional Beginner+ Open Play
This isn’t your average open play — it’s a coach-guided, feedback-rich session
designed to help you grow your game while having fun.
What to Expect:
2 hours of structured match play
Designed specifically for players who have attended a few clinics, but are still new to open play settings
Coach-led rotation system to ensure fresh matchups
Personalized tips and in-game
Intro to Pickleball - FREEFree Intro to Pickleball at PickleRage
Curious about pickleball? Come experience it the PickleRage way. Our Free Intro to Pickleball session is a fun, welcoming introduction designed specifically for brand-new players.
PickleRage coaches will walk you through the fundamentals, including basic rules, scoring, equipment, and court positioning.
You will then transition into guided on-court play so you can immediately apply what you learn in a supportive, high-energy environment.
Paddles and balls are provided—show up ready to play and have fun.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Adaptive Pickleball Clinic (All Ages) - 6 Weeks ClinicAdaptive Pickleball - Inclusion, Fitness & Social Engagement
The Standard Game is modified to teach people with physical, cognitive and developmental challenges.
6-Weeks Session
Age: 9+
Level: All Levels
Paddles will be provided
Clinic - Women's Path to 4.0 with Coach AllenClinic Series (6 classes) - Path to 4.0 Level 1
This clinic series is designed for players who currently play at an Intermediate capability and are seeking the skills to progress to the 4.0 level. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 201 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior t
Pickle School SeriesPickle School – Beginner Series (4 Weeks)
Ready to learn the game everyone is talking about? Pickle School 101 is a 4-week beginner series designed for new players with little or no pickleball experience.
Over four weekly classes, our certified PickleRage coaches will guide you through the fundamentals of pickleball in a fun, supportive environment. Players will learn the basic rules, scoring, court positioning, paddle skills, serving, returns, dinking, and movement patterns needed to begin playing confidently.
By the end of the series, you will understand how the game is played, be comfortable participating in beginner-level play, and be ready to advance to Pickle School 201.
What You'll Learn:
Rules and scoring
Court positioning and player movement
Grip and paddle control
Serve and return fundamentals
Dinking and net play basics
Introduction to strategy and game play
Perfect For:
Brand-new players
Players who have taken an Intro to Pickleball class
Anyone looking to build a strong foundation before joining open play or clinics
Pre-registration required.
Minimum of 2 players required to run the class.
Cancellations within 24 hours or no-shows will be charged the full amount.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Open Play (12:30pm Weekend Summer)Join others and play matches in a fun, social, and/or competitive environment. Stack your paddles in a line at the court you choose to play. There will be challenge courts (ie. winner stays on) and regular courts (4 on 4 off) for a variety of skill levels. We do not restrict our open sessions to a specific skill level - all levels are welcome. Please note, these sessions do not include balls or paddles. We separately offer paddles for rent, and balls for sale.
Cancellation/No-Show/Late Policy
Full refunds will be offered as club credits if you cancel at least 24 hours prior to event start time - no refunds for cancellations within 24 hours.
If you don't show up, and don't let us know ahead of time, we will remove you from all future open play sessions that you signed up for. This is to prevent people from doing "bulk signups" to reserve their slot and then not showing up. If you are unable to attend, you can always cancel or reschedule 24 hours prior to the event in your CourtReserve account (please cancel it yourself online, as emailing or calling us to cancel beyond the 24 hour deadline does not guarantee a successful cancellation because we may not get to your request in time). If you need to cancel due to an emergency within 24 hours of the starting time, emailing us at [email protected] is the best way to let us know.
If you come to an open play, please stay for at least half the session in order to avoid being counted as a "no-show". We are noticing that some people are booking two consecutive weekday sessions from 5:30pm - 10:30pm, then show up after 7pm when the majority of the 5:30pm session is already over. This is unfair to the many people on the waitlist who would have shown up much earlier and played the whole session.
If you are running more than 15 minutes late to the session, please let us know via email ([email protected]), or we will give your spot to someone else. Often times, we have people who are at the club already waiting for a spot, but people show up late, and we are unable to let them have the spot.
We hope this policy will reduce the number of no-shows, as we know that many people want to attend the open play. Please let us know if you have any questions or concerns.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
FREE Intro to Pickleball ClinicFREE Intro to Pickleball Clinic
Level: Beginner
Age: All
Gender: All
Clinic designed for beginners and newer players! This fun, low-pressure session will cover the basics of the game, including rules, scoring, court positioning, and fundamental shots. Our instructor will guide you through drills and live play to help you build confidence and start playing right away. No experience necessary.
Beginner ClinicThis 60 minute clinic will focus on stroke technique and building confidence on the court while also re-emphasizing rules, positioning, etc.
Guided Beginner Open PlayGuided Beginner Open Play has a pro on the court to keep the game moving along while ensuring all rules are being followed and scoring and positioning is correct.
3 and me with Bernard🏓 3 & Me
🧑🏫 Coach
Led by Coach Bernard, a certified pickleball instructor known for developing player confidence and game IQ. His teaching style blends technical precision with in-game adaptability, making each session both challenging and enjoyable.
✨ What Makes It Special
“3 & Me” brings players together in a unique small-group coaching format — three players paired with one experienced coach. This structure creates the perfect balance between personalized attention and dynamic, game-based play.
🎯 Who Is It For
Intermediate+ players looking to level up through focused, small-group coaching.
🔍 Primary Focus
This session is built around real-game scenarios, helping players improve:
• Strategy and shot selection
• Teamwork and court awareness
• Consistency under pressure
The goal is to elevate both individual technique and group coordination.
👀 What to Expect
Players will practice doubles formations, third-shot setups, and transition play while receiving immediate, tactical feedback from the coach during live play.
⏱️ Duration
Each 3 & Me session runs for 60 minutes, offering the ideal balance between focused instruction and match-style play.
Women's Collective 301 ClinicWomen’s Collective 301 | Transition & Pressure Series
Suggested Rating: 3.25+
Designed for players developing transition control, pace management, and structured point construction in a competitive training environment.
Session Format (2 Hours):
Transition Game Development
3rd shot decision-making (drop vs drive concepts)
Block + reset fundamentals
Pattern-based drills + live play
Situational coached points
Skill Themes May Include:
Transition movement and court positioning
3rd shot development and decision-making
Block, reset, and
Summer Camp Week 6 Afternoon SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Kids Camp Ages 10-14Kids Pickleball Camp (Ages 10-14)
Join us for a fun and engaging 1-week pickleball camp designed for young players of all skill levels.
Schedule:
Monday – Thursday | 9:00 AM – 1:00 PM
Program Includes:
2 hours of structured drills and skill development
2 hours of guided play sessions
Additional activities including ping pong, cornhole, and other games
Our program focuses on building fundamental skills, improving coordination, and creating a fun, social environment for kids to learn and enjoy the game.
Pricing:
$350 per child (per week)
Emerg Adv Open PlayOpen Play Format:
Team closest to the back or side wall serves first
Play straight to 11 points (no win by 2 points)
Winners stay and split
Winners rotate out after 2 wins
Kids Camp Ages 6-9Kids Pickleball Camp (Ages 6–9)
Join us for a fun and engaging 1-week pickleball camp designed for young players of all skill levels.
Schedule:
Monday – Thursday | 9:00 AM – 1:00 PM
Program Includes:
2 hours of structured drills and skill development
2 hours of guided play sessions
Additional activities including ping pong, cornhole, and other games
Our program focuses on building fundamental skills, improving coordination, and creating a fun, social environment for kids to learn and enjoy the game.
Pricing:
$350 per child (per week)
Summer Camp Week 6 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Intro to Pickleball - FREEFree Intro to Pickleball at PickleRage
Curious about pickleball? Come experience it the PickleRage way. Our Free Intro to Pickleball session is a fun, welcoming introduction designed specifically for brand-new players.
PickleRage coaches will walk you through the fundamentals, including basic rules, scoring, equipment, and court positioning.
You will then transition into guided on-court play so you can immediately apply what you learn in a supportive, high-energy environment.
Paddles and balls are provided—show up ready to play and have fun.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Open Play (9:30am Off-Peak)Join others and play matches in a fun, social, and/or competitive environment. Stack your paddles in a line at the court you choose to play. There will be challenge courts (ie. winner stays on) and regular courts (4 on 4 off) for a variety of skill levels. We do not restrict our open sessions to a specific skill level - all levels are welcome. Please note, these sessions do not include balls or paddles. We separately offer paddles for rent, and balls for sale.
Cancellation/No-Show/Late Policy
Full refunds will be offered as club credits if you cancel at least 24 hours prior to event start time - no refunds for cancellations within 24 hours.
If you don't show up, and don't let us know ahead of time, we will remove you from all future open play sessions that you signed up for. This is to prevent people from doing "bulk signups" to reserve their slot and then not showing up. If you are unable to attend, you can always cancel or reschedule 24 hours prior to the event in your CourtReserve account (please cancel it yourself online, as emailing or calling us to cancel beyond the 24 hour deadline does not guarantee a successful cancellation because we may not get to your request in time). If you need to cancel due to an emergency within 24 hours of the starting time, emailing us at [email protected] is the best way to let us know.
If you come to an open play, please stay for at least half the session in order to avoid being counted as a "no-show". We are noticing that some people are booking two consecutive weekday sessions from 5:30pm - 10:30pm, then show up after 7pm when the majority of the 5:30pm session is already over. This is unfair to the many people on the waitlist who would have shown up much earlier and played the whole session.
If you are running more than 15 minutes late to the session, please let us know via email ([email protected]), or we will give your spot to someone else. Often times, we have people who are at the club already waiting for a spot, but people show up late, and we are unable to let them have the spot.
We hope this policy will reduce the number of no-shows, as we know that many people want to attend the open play. Please let us know if you have any questions or concerns.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Intermediate Drills and Guided PlayGuided Play (GP) is a program that provides real time instruction during games to players. The clinic is divided into a 45-50 minute drill session followed by 45 minutes of lightly competitive guided game play. The program helps players improve their skills in areas like:
Serving
Soft game at the net
Scoring
Partner movement
Volleys
Lobs
Third shot "drop shot"
Court Positioning
GP also allows players to meet and play with other players of similar levels.
Rage Lab - Play with The ProTake your game beyond drills and into real match situations with Play with the Pro. Limited to just 3 players, this unique session gives you the opportunity to play alongside and against a PickleRage teaching professional in live game scenarios.
Receive on-court coaching, strategy tips, shot selection guidance, positioning feedback, and tactical advice as points are being played. Learn how advanced players think, move, and construct points while gaining valuable insight you can immediately apply to your own game.
Maximum 3 players • High coach interaction • Live play coaching • All levels welcome
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Intro to Pickleball Community Clinic brought to you by Mount SinaiImprove your skills and boost your spirits with this one-hour community clinic brought to you courtesy of Mount Sinai Health System.
Our Intro Clinic is geared towards beginner players who are looking to get into pickleball.
You will learn the rules, some basic drills, and play the game!
Program Details:
Four players per court
One instructor
60-minute session
Free paddle rental included
Intro to Pickleball Community Clinic brought to you by Mount SinaiImprove your skills and boost your spirits with this one-hour community clinic brought to you courtesy of Mount Sinai Health System.
Our Intro Clinic is geared towards beginner players who are looking to get into pickleball.
You will learn the rules, some basic drills, and play the game!
Program Details:
Four players per court
One instructor
60-minute session
Free paddle rental included
Intermediate DrillscIntermediate Drills
Level: Intermediate
Age: All
Gender: All
For players with solid fundamentals who want to take their game to the next level. This clinic focuses on improving consistency, strategy, court awareness, and advanced shot techniques through structured drills and coaching.
Beginner+ Community Clinic brought to you by Mount Sinai Health CareImprove your skills and boost your spirits with this one-hour community clinic brought to you courtesy of Mount Sinai Health Care.
Our Beginner+ Community Clinic is geared towards players who know the basics and are looking to improve their game.
You will build your foundational skills, drill, and play games!
Program Details:
Four players per court
60-minute session
Free paddle rental included
Intermediate Community Clinic brought to you by Mount SinaiImprove your skills and boost your spirits with this one-hour community clinic brought to you courtesy of Mount Sinai Health System.
Our Intermediate Clinic is geared towards players who have mastered the fundamentals and are looking to take their game to the next level.
You’ll work on court positioning, strategy, skill development, and teamwork.
Program Details:
Four players per court
One instructor
60-minute session
Free paddle rental included
Price: $20
Cancellation Policy: Full refund until 24 hours before the session starts. No-shows or cancellations within 24 hours are subject to a
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Intro to Pickleball - FREEFree Intro to Pickleball at PickleRage
Curious about pickleball? Come experience it the PickleRage way. Our Free Intro to Pickleball session is a fun, welcoming introduction designed specifically for brand-new players.
PickleRage coaches will walk you through the fundamentals, including basic rules, scoring, equipment, and court positioning.
You will then transition into guided on-court play so you can immediately apply what you learn in a supportive, high-energy environment.
Paddles and balls are provided—show up ready to play and have fun.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
FREE Intro to Pickleball ClinicFREE Intro to Pickleball Clinic
Level: Beginner
Age: All
Gender: All
Clinic designed for beginners and newer players! This fun, low-pressure session will cover the basics of the game, including rules, scoring, court positioning, and fundamental shots. Our instructor will guide you through drills and live play to help you build confidence and start playing right away. No experience necessary.
Pickleball 201 | Experienced Beginner ClassPickleball 201 | Experienced Beginner Class
Members $56 | Non-Members $70 View full member benefits here.
📖 Program Overview
You've learned the basics. Now it's time to build confidence.
Pickleball 201 is designed for players who understand the fundamentals and are ready to improve their consistency. Through coach-led instruction, drills, and guided gameplay, you'll develop more reliable serves, returns, dinks, volleys, movement, and court awareness while building confidence in match situations.
👥 Class Format
Every class is 90 minutes and is limited to 4 students, maintaining a maximum 4:1 student-to-coach ratio. This small group format allows for personalized coaching, plenty of repetitions, and individual feedback throughout the session.
Classes include a mix of coach-led instruction, skill-building drills, live-ball exercises, and guided gameplay to help you apply what you learn in realistic game situations.
If only one student is enrolled, the class will still run as a 60-minute private lesson with the instructor at no additional cost.
🔍 Who This Is For
This class is best suited for players who:
Are comfortable with scoring, basic rules, and court positioning
Can sustain short rallies and serve consistently
Have completed an introductory class or played several Beginner Open Plays
Want to improve consistency before moving to Intermediate
🎒 What to Bring
Athletic clothing and clean court shoes
Your paddle (or rent one for $6)
Water bottle (refill station available)
Positive attitude and competitive spirit
💸 Cancellation & Refund Policy
Cancel 24+ hours in advance for a full refund in account credit (minus processing fees)
Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable
If PKLYN cancels, you'll receive a full refund to your original payment method within 3–5 business days
All other refunds are issued as account credit
⏳ Full? Join the Waitlist
If this session is full, join the waitlist. It helps us gauge demand so we can add courts whenever possible.
CANASTA Lessons at PrestigePrestige is offering Canasta Lessons!!
6 weeks: July 13, 20, 26, August 3, 10, 17
Mandatory attendance for July 13th session.
Max participants is 10.
All needed play materials will be provided.
Come and enjoy the start of building a Game Community at Prestige!!!
Junior Summer Camp (July 27 - July 31)Junior Summer Camp for Kids Ages 9-15
Proper attire required with sneakers
Bring a water bottle. Refill station is available
Bring snacks that are peanuts free
Pickleball paddles will be provided
Daily Camp Structure
Warm-up & agility games
Pickleball skills and drills
Snack / rest break
Game Play
Creative activities (chess, painting pickleballs, etc.)
Pre-Register: ACDMY | Exp Beginner OR Intermediate | MondaysPKLYN Experienced Beginner or Intermediate ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Mondays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 13
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to Experienced Beginner and Intermediate players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
Experienced Beginner
You’re past the basics and ready to build strategy and shot selection.
You understand scoring, positioning, and core rules
You’re developing consistency on serves, returns, and dinks
Volleys, resets, and third shots are still in progress
Recommended for players who have moved beyond intro classes and feel comfortable in Experienced Beginner or Intermediate open play.
Intermediate
You play with intention and are developing a complete game.
You serve and return with purpose
You use the kitchen strategically
You can sustain dink rallies and identify attackable balls
You’re learning to reset and defend under pressure
Recommended for players who are comfortable in Intermediate open play and want more confidence with drops, volleys, and handling pace-heavy players.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Pre-Register: ACDMY | High Int OR Advanced | MondaysPKLYN High Intermediate or Advanced ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Mondays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 13
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to High Intermediate and Advanced players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
High Intermediate
Typical DUPR: 3.3+
Play with pace and anticipation.
Control direction and tempo during dink exchanges.
Defend speed-ups and transition effectively.
Attack out of the air when opportunities arise.
Understand positioning, targeting, and point construction.
Recommended for players who regularly compete in higher-level open play or leagues and want to improve consistency, decision-making, and execution under pressure.
Advanced
Typical DUPR: 3.75+
Play a disciplined, high-level game.
Dictate points through placement, pressure, and patience.
Handle fast hands exchanges and extended dink battles.
Value structure, repetition, and high-quality reps.
Recommended for players who compete at the top of PKLYN High Intermediate or within Advanced Open Play and are focused on refining execution, strategy, and tournament performance.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Kids Summer Camp - 5th to 8th Grade5-day camp that teaches kids in 5th-8th grade how to play pickleball.
Join us for an exciting Kids Pickleball Camp at Prestige Pickleball Club! Our summer camp will run in the afternoons from 1pm - 4pm, offering a comprehensive program focused on understanding the fundamentals of pickleball. Under the expert guidance of a Certified Pickleball Instructor who is also CPR Certified, campers will engage in a variety of activities aimed at developing their skills and understanding of the game. Each day will begin with warm-ups and stretching, preparing campers for the day's activities. Campers will then dive into core skills such as serving and returning, dinking, ground strokes, lobs, shot selection, net play, Partner Positioning, blocks and volley, and more. Through a combination of skills and drills, campers will have the opportunity to practice and refine their techniques. A provided snack, that is peanut-free, will keep campers fueled and refreshed. The camp will also include game play, allowing campers to apply their skills in a fun and supportive environment.
All equipment will be provided.
*The minimum number of children required per week is 8. If the registrations for any week fall below this minimum, we will notify you two weeks before the start of camp. To receive a full refund, cancellations must be received two weeks before the start of camp.
4-Week Beginner Adult Clinic4-Week Beginner Adult Clinic
Kickstart your journey with our 4-Week Beginner Group Series—designed for those who are new and ready to build a strong foundation in a supportive, motivating environment. This program focuses on the fundamentals, breaking things down into simple, easy-to-follow steps so you can gain confidence from day one. Each week, you’ll learn new skills, build on previous lessons, and develop consistency through guided sessions led by experienced instructors. Working in a small group setting allows you to connect with others at a similar level, making the experience both encouraging and fun. You’ll receive personalized attention, structured progress, and practical tips to help you continue improving beyond the program.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Open Play (3pm Off-Peak)Join others and play matches in a fun, social, and/or competitive environment. Stack your paddles in a line at the court you choose to play. There will be challenge courts (ie. winner stays on) and regular courts (4 on 4 off) for a variety of skill levels. We do not restrict our open sessions to a specific skill level - all levels are welcome. Please note, these sessions do not include balls or paddles. We separately offer paddles for rent, and balls for sale.
Cancellation/No-Show/Late Policy
Full refunds will be offered as club credits if you cancel at least 24 hours prior to event start time - no refunds for cancellations within 24 hours.
If you don't show up, and don't let us know ahead of time, we will remove you from all future open play sessions that you signed up for. This is to prevent people from doing "bulk signups" to reserve their slot and then not showing up. If you are unable to attend, you can always cancel or reschedule 24 hours prior to the event in your CourtReserve account (please cancel it yourself online, as emailing or calling us to cancel beyond the 24 hour deadline does not guarantee a successful cancellation because we may not get to your request in time). If you need to cancel due to an emergency within 24 hours of the starting time, emailing us at [email protected] is the best way to let us know.
If you come to an open play, please stay for at least half the session in order to avoid being counted as a "no-show". We are noticing that some people are booking two consecutive weekday sessions from 5:30pm - 10:30pm, then show up after 7pm when the majority of the 5:30pm session is already over. This is unfair to the many people on the waitlist who would have shown up much earlier and played the whole session.
If you are running more than 15 minutes late to the session, please let us know via email ([email protected]), or we will give your spot to someone else. Often times, we have people who are at the club already waiting for a spot, but people show up late, and we are unable to let them have the spot.
We hope this policy will reduce the number of no-shows, as we know that many people want to attend the open play. Please let us know if you have any questions or concerns.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Low Intermediate Drills and Guided PlayIn this 90-minute clinic we drill the skills you need to improve your game and confidence on the court. Each week we focus on shot selection and execution; footwork; and an overall understanding of the game of pickleball in real time.
This is an interactive clinic enabling your game to grow. Drill and play games with players at your level all working to improve on court success.
Each week we focus on skills participants want to improve and put it all together in game play. This clinic is designed to be repeated. As your skills grow, you will be taught new techniques and court strategies suited to your abilities.
We cover skills including, but not limited to:
Serve/Return, Non-Volley Zone Shots, Execution Strategy, Volleys, Lobs, Approach Shots, Court Positioning & Communication.
During Guided Play participants use the skills learned in game play. This is where it is ok to make mistakes! Use your new skills and gain confidence for when you play in Open Play, Round Robins, Socials, or rent a court with friends and family!
Pre-Register: ACDMY | Exp Beginner OR Intermediate | MondaysPKLYN Experienced Beginner or Intermediate ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Mondays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 13
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to Experienced Beginner and Intermediate players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
Experienced Beginner
You’re past the basics and ready to build strategy and shot selection.
You understand scoring, positioning, and core rules
You’re developing consistency on serves, returns, and dinks
Volleys, resets, and third shots are still in progress
Recommended for players who have moved beyond intro classes and feel comfortable in Experienced Beginner or Intermediate open play.
Intermediate
You play with intention and are developing a complete game.
You serve and return with purpose
You use the kitchen strategically
You can sustain dink rallies and identify attackable balls
You’re learning to reset and defend under pressure
Recommended for players who are comfortable in Intermediate open play and want more confidence with drops, volleys, and handling pace-heavy players.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Guided Drills with Coach KaylaGuided Drills with Coach Kayla
This Drill session is targeted at Intermediate and Advanced level players who want to take their game to the next level.
Players will spend the hour focusing on shot specific drills (e.g., dinks, drops, volleys, drives, etc.) guided by Coach Kayla.
Kayla will pair up and rotate players based on skill level.
Players may register with a specific drill partner and choose to not rotate if desired.
Max players per court: 4
Cancellation Policy: Full refund until 24 hours before the session starts. Cancellations within 24 hours will be subject to a full charge.
Low Enrollment Cancellation:
Clinic - Liveball with Coach KaylaLiveball Clinic with Coach Kayla
Liveball is a fast-paced, doubles game where a coach leads a 60-minute workout, focusing on reflexes and skill improvement. It's suitable for players with some pickleball experience, not beginners, and features a "king/queen of the court" dynamic with no serves or returns, instead relying on an instructor feeding the ball.
Max players per court: 6
Cancellation Policy: Full refund until 24 hours before the session starts. Cancellations within 24 hours will be subject to a full charge.
Low Enrollment Cancellation: We will cancel sessions that do not have a sufficient number of players by 8pm the prior evening. You will not be charged and will receive a notice of the cancellation via email.
Guided Drills with Coach KaylaGuided Drills with Coach Kayla
This Drill session is targeted at Intermediate and Advanced level players who want to take their game to the next level.
Players will spend the hour focusing on shot specific drills (e.g., dinks, drops, volleys, drives, etc.) guided by Coach Kayla.
Kayla will pair up and rotate players based on skill level.
Players may register with a specific drill partner and choose to not rotate if desired.
Max players per court: 4
Cancellation Policy: Full refund until 24 hours before the session starts. Cancellations within 24 hours will be subject to a full charge.
Low Enrollment Cancellation:
JR. PICKLEBALL SUMMER BASICS (6/29-8/24)Junior Basics is designed for kids of all ages who have never played pickleball before. Beginners will learn all the basics including strokes, scoring and game play.
Junior Academy (Ages 5-13)Junior Academy (Ages 5-13)
This fun and engaging 6-week program introduces young players to pickleball through a new skill focus each week. Players will learn the basics—grip, movement, serves, returns, and simple rallying—through games, drills, and guided play designed specifically for this age group. The goal is to build confidence, coordination, and a love for the game in a positive, high-energy environment where kids can learn, play, and have fun.
Cardio Pickleball with Coach MartinIntermediate Drills with Coach Martin | 3.0-3.5
Members $60 | Non-Members $75
Description
Led by Coach Martin, this clinic focuses on offensive opportunities at the kitchen line and the positioning skills needed to capitalize on them.
Players will learn when and how to speed up the ball effectively, explore Erne opportunities and setups, and develop proper overhead positioning to finish points with confidence. The session emphasizes decision-making, timing, and court awareness in game-like situations.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed for players with a suggested DUPR of 3.0–3.5 who are comfortable with the fundamentals and ready to add more offensive tools to their game. You should be able to sustain dink rallies, execute basic drops and resets, and understand standard doubles positioning.
If you are still working on basic shot consistency or learning foundational strategy, our beginner or lower-intermediate clinics may be a better fit first.
How Games Run
This is a coach-led instructional clinic featuring targeted drills, skill-building exercises, and guided gameplay. Coach Martin will provide personalized feedback throughout the session to help players improve shot selection, court positioning, and offensive decision-making. Players can expect a combination of drilling, situational exercises, and live play focused on applying the skills being taught.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Official DUPR AssessmentWho’s This For?
Players who would like to participate in competitive events or rated events/tournaments.
People who would like to see where they are at by having a universal rating.
Players who do not already have a DUPR rating and would like to have one. If you already have a rating, you can't do it.
How to Join the Fun
Sign up now if you're interested instead of waiting until the last minute.
What to bring: Comfortable shoes, your equipment, your energy, and a positive attitude!
Information Details
Hosted at Fair Expo Pickleball, 10901 SW 24th St, Miami, FL 33165, USA.
If you have any questions or issues, don't hesitate to contact Stéphane at [email protected] or (404)236-9966.
198 North Mountain Drive, Dobbs Ferry, NY 10522, USA
FREE Intro to Pickleball ClinicFREE Intro to Pickleball Clinic
Level: Beginner
Age: All
Gender: All
Clinic designed for beginners and newer players! This fun, low-pressure session will cover the basics of the game, including rules, scoring, court positioning, and fundamental shots. Our instructor will guide you through drills and live play to help you build confidence and start playing right away. No experience necessary.
JR. PICKLEBALL SUMMER BASICS (6/29-8/24)Junior Basics is designed for kids of all ages who have never played pickleball before. Beginners will learn all the basics including strokes, scoring and game play.
[BEGINNER] Coach Guided Open PlayHave a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Rage Lab - Master the Serve & ReturnOur Adult Clinics are dynamic, high-energy sessions designed to help players improve specific skills in a fun, focused, and social environment. Each 1-hour clinic features a rotating topic—such as Dinking Dominance, Drop Like a Boss, Mastering Serve & Return, Speed Ups & Counters, and more—so you can continually build and refine your game. Led by experienced coaches, these clinics combine clear instruction, purposeful drills, and live-ball play to ensure you’re not just learning techniques, but applying them in real-time situations. Perfect for players looking to sharpen their skills, gain confidence, and elevate their overall performance on the court.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Intro to Pickleball - FREEFree Intro to Pickleball at PickleRage
Curious about pickleball? Come experience it the PickleRage way. Our Free Intro to Pickleball session is a fun, welcoming introduction designed specifically for brand-new players.
PickleRage coaches will walk you through the fundamentals, including basic rules, scoring, equipment, and court positioning.
You will then transition into guided on-court play so you can immediately apply what you learn in a supportive, high-energy environment.
Paddles and balls are provided—show up ready to play and have fun.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
4-Week Beginner Adult Clinic4-Week Beginner Adult Clinic
Kickstart your journey with our 4-Week Beginner Group Series—designed for those who are new and ready to build a strong foundation in a supportive, motivating environment. This program focuses on the fundamentals, breaking things down into simple, easy-to-follow steps so you can gain confidence from day one. Each week, you’ll learn new skills, build on previous lessons, and develop consistency through guided sessions led by experienced instructors. Working in a small group setting allows you to connect with others at a similar level, making the experience both encouraging and fun. You’ll receive personalized attention, structured progress, and practical tips to help you continue improving beyond the program.
LIVE BALL!Game on!
Live Ball is a fast paced fun pro fed King/Queen of the court game!
Two players on the baseline and the two players on the opposite side at kitchen are K&Q. 1-2 players off waiting.
The pro feeds a ball from beside the net to the challengers at the baseline and the point is played out. If the challengers lose the point, they quickly move off the court and the players off the court get into position as the pro immediately feeds the next ball. If the challengers win the point, another ball is fed immediately.
If challengers win 3 pts in a row, they become king and queen.
After a few rounds partners rotate.Very fast past. Rotations and feeds are quick.
Great workout. while pros provide quick on the fly pointers.
Summer Rage Academy (Adult)Summer Rage Academy
4 Weeks • 90 Minutes Per Week
Take your game to the next level with the Summer Rage Academy, a 4-week training series for adult players looking to improve their skills, strategy, and match play performance.
Each 90-minute session combines instruction, drills, coached play, and game-based learning focused on the shots and situations you use most in doubles play. Topics include dinking, drops, volleys, transitions, court positioning, and strategy.
Perfect for players who want more than open play and are committed to improving their game.
Pre-registration required.
Minimum of 3 players required
Cancellations within 24 hours or no-shows will be charged the full amount.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Pre-Register: ACDMY | High Int OR Advanced | MondaysPKLYN High Intermediate or Advanced ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Mondays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 13
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to High Intermediate and Advanced players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
High Intermediate
Typical DUPR: 3.3+
Play with pace and anticipation.
Control direction and tempo during dink exchanges.
Defend speed-ups and transition effectively.
Attack out of the air when opportunities arise.
Understand positioning, targeting, and point construction.
Recommended for players who regularly compete in higher-level open play or leagues and want to improve consistency, decision-making, and execution under pressure.
Advanced
Typical DUPR: 3.75+
Play a disciplined, high-level game.
Dictate points through placement, pressure, and patience.
Handle fast hands exchanges and extended dink battles.
Value structure, repetition, and high-quality reps.
Recommended for players who compete at the top of PKLYN High Intermediate or within Advanced Open Play and are focused on refining execution, strategy, and tournament performance.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
[BEGINNER] Coach Guided Open PlayHave a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Summer Camp Week 6 Afternoon SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Rising Stars (grade 3-5)Join Our Spring 6-Week Junior Program Session!
Are you ready to unlock your child’s potential? Our Junior Program is designed to inspire, educate, and empower young minds. Our philosophy of “become your best self” is delivered through our state-of-the-art pickleball strategies and fundamentals by our top-level professional coaches.
Program Highlights:
Interactive Learning: Engaging activities that make learning fun and effective.
Expert Instructors: Experienced Pickleball Professionals dedicated to your child’s growth.
Creative Projects: Hands-on athletic projects that spark creativity and innovation.
Safe Environment: A supportive and safe space for all participants.
Why Choose Us?
Holistic Development: Focus on personal, social, and emotional growth.
Personalized Attention: Small class sizes for individualized learning. Maximum of 10 kids per session.
Community Building: Opportunities to make new friends and build lasting relationships.
Register Today! Spaces are limited. Don’t miss out on this incredible opportunity to give your child a head start.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Advanced Drill & Play with Coach AlexAdvanced Drill and Play with Coach Alex
Note: Coach Van will be hosting the session this week
A session designed for high-level players looking to improve their game. The first hour of each session is a focused coached drilling session on 1–2 specific shots or skills — such as 3rd-shot drops, counters, or flicks — grouped by level for competitive reps. The second hour is focused open play to put those skills into action. Sign up solo or with your partner.
Max players per court: 5
Cancellation Policy: Full refund until 24 hours before the session starts. Cancellations within 24 hours will be subject to a full charge.
Low Enrollment Cancellation: We will cancel sessions that do not have a sufficient number of players by 8pm the prior evening. You will not be charged and will receive a notice of the cancellation via email
Kids Camp Ages 10-14Kids Pickleball Camp (Ages 10-14)
Join us for a fun and engaging 1-week pickleball camp designed for young players of all skill levels.
Schedule:
Monday – Thursday | 9:00 AM – 1:00 PM
Program Includes:
2 hours of structured drills and skill development
2 hours of guided play sessions
Additional activities including ping pong, cornhole, and other games
Our program focuses on building fundamental skills, improving coordination, and creating a fun, social environment for kids to learn and enjoy the game.
Pricing:
$350 per child (per week)
Emerg Adv Open PlayOpen Play Format:
Team closest to the back or side wall serves first
Play straight to 11 points (no win by 2 points)
Winners stay and split
Winners rotate out after 2 wins
Kids Camp Ages 6-9Kids Pickleball Camp (Ages 6–9)
Join us for a fun and engaging 1-week pickleball camp designed for young players of all skill levels.
Schedule:
Monday – Thursday | 9:00 AM – 1:00 PM
Program Includes:
2 hours of structured drills and skill development
2 hours of guided play sessions
Additional activities including ping pong, cornhole, and other games
Our program focuses on building fundamental skills, improving coordination, and creating a fun, social environment for kids to learn and enjoy the game.
Pricing:
$350 per child (per week)
Intro to Pickleball - FREEFree Intro to Pickleball at PickleRage
Curious about pickleball? Come experience it the PickleRage way. Our Free Intro to Pickleball session is a fun, welcoming introduction designed specifically for brand-new players.
PickleRage coaches will walk you through the fundamentals, including basic rules, scoring, equipment, and court positioning.
You will then transition into guided on-court play so you can immediately apply what you learn in a supportive, high-energy environment.
Paddles and balls are provided—show up ready to play and have fun.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Summer Camp Week 6 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
NEW- Build Your Own Pro+3 - 90minsBuild Your Own Pro+3
Customize your Pro+3 by selecting the players and and skill areas on which you'd like pointers.
Just tell your friends to register or add guests.c
Open Play (9:30am Off-Peak)Join others and play matches in a fun, social, and/or competitive environment. Stack your paddles in a line at the court you choose to play. There will be challenge courts (ie. winner stays on) and regular courts (4 on 4 off) for a variety of skill levels. We do not restrict our open sessions to a specific skill level - all levels are welcome. Please note, these sessions do not include balls or paddles. We separately offer paddles for rent, and balls for sale.
Cancellation/No-Show/Late Policy
Full refunds will be offered as club credits if you cancel at least 24 hours prior to event start time - no refunds for cancellations within 24 hours.
If you don't show up, and don't let us know ahead of time, we will remove you from all future open play sessions that you signed up for. This is to prevent people from doing "bulk signups" to reserve their slot and then not showing up. If you are unable to attend, you can always cancel or reschedule 24 hours prior to the event in your CourtReserve account (please cancel it yourself online, as emailing or calling us to cancel beyond the 24 hour deadline does not guarantee a successful cancellation because we may not get to your request in time). If you need to cancel due to an emergency within 24 hours of the starting time, emailing us at [email protected] is the best way to let us know.
If you come to an open play, please stay for at least half the session in order to avoid being counted as a "no-show". We are noticing that some people are booking two consecutive weekday sessions from 5:30pm - 10:30pm, then show up after 7pm when the majority of the 5:30pm session is already over. This is unfair to the many people on the waitlist who would have shown up much earlier and played the whole session.
If you are running more than 15 minutes late to the session, please let us know via email ([email protected]), or we will give your spot to someone else. Often times, we have people who are at the club already waiting for a spot, but people show up late, and we are unable to let them have the spot.
We hope this policy will reduce the number of no-shows, as we know that many people want to attend the open play. Please let us know if you have any questions or concerns.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Pickle School SeriesPickle School – Beginner Series (4 Weeks)
Ready to learn the game everyone is talking about? Pickle School 101 is a 4-week beginner series designed for new players with little or no pickleball experience.
Over four weekly classes, our certified PickleRage coaches will guide you through the fundamentals of pickleball in a fun, supportive environment. Players will learn the basic rules, scoring, court positioning, paddle skills, serving, returns, dinking, and movement patterns needed to begin playing confidently.
By the end of the series, you will understand how the game is played, be comfortable participating in beginner-level play, and be ready to advance to Pickle School 201.
What You'll Learn:
Rules and scoring
Court positioning and player movement
Grip and paddle control
Serve and return fundamentals
Dinking and net play basics
Introduction to strategy and game play
Perfect For:
Brand-new players
Players who have taken an Intro to Pickleball class
Anyone looking to build a strong foundation before joining open play or clinics
Pre-registration required.
Minimum of 2 players required to run the class.
Cancellations within 24 hours or no-shows will be charged the full amount.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
FREE Intro to Pickleball ClinicFREE Intro to Pickleball Clinic
Level: Beginner
Age: All
Gender: All
Clinic designed for beginners and newer players! This fun, low-pressure session will cover the basics of the game, including rules, scoring, court positioning, and fundamental shots. Our instructor will guide you through drills and live play to help you build confidence and start playing right away. No experience necessary.
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pre-Register: ACDMY | Exp Beginner OR Intermediate | TuesdaysPKLYN Experienced Beginner or Intermediate ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Tuesdays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 14
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to Experienced Beginner and Intermediate players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
Experienced Beginner
You’re past the basics and ready to build strategy and shot selection.
You understand scoring, positioning, and core rules
You’re developing consistency on serves, returns, and dinks
Volleys, resets, and third shots are still in progress
Recommended for players who have moved beyond intro classes and feel comfortable in Experienced Beginner or Intermediate open play.
Intermediate
You play with intention and are developing a complete game.
You serve and return with purpose
You use the kitchen strategically
You can sustain dink rallies and identify attackable balls
You’re learning to reset and defend under pressure
Recommended for players who are comfortable in Intermediate open play and want more confidence with drops, volleys, and handling pace-heavy players.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Beginner+ Community Clinic brought to you by Mount Sinai Health CareImprove your skills and boost your spirits with this one-hour community clinic brought to you courtesy of Mount Sinai Health Care.
Our Beginner+ Community Clinic is geared towards players who know the basics and are looking to improve their game.
You will build your foundational skills, drill, and play games!
Program Details:
Four players per court
60-minute session
Free paddle rental included
Rage Lab - Drop Like a BossOur Adult Clinics are dynamic, high-energy sessions designed to help players improve specific skills in a fun, focused, and social environment. Each 1-hour clinic features a rotating topic—such as Dinking Dominance, Drop Like a Boss, Mastering Serve & Return, Speed Ups & Counters, and more—so you can continually build and refine your game. Led by experienced coaches, these clinics combine clear instruction, purposeful drills, and live-ball play to ensure you’re not just learning techniques, but applying them in real-time situations. Perfect for players looking to sharpen their skills, gain confidence, and elevate their overall performance on the court.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Intermediate Community Clinic brought to you by Mount SinaiImprove your skills and boost your spirits with this one-hour community clinic brought to you courtesy of Mount Sinai Health System.
Our Intermediate Clinic is geared towards players who have mastered the fundamentals and are looking to take their game to the next level.
You’ll work on court positioning, strategy, skill development, and teamwork.
Program Details:
Four players per court
One instructor
60-minute session
Free paddle rental included
Price: $20
Cancellation Policy: Full refund until 24 hours before the session starts. No-shows or cancellations within 24 hours are subject to a
Adult Beginner Full Clinic - 6 Weeks ClinicLearn the foundation for pickleball, such as the basic skills and techniques for playing the game.
Duration: 6 sessions, 6 weeks
Age: 18+
Levels: Beginner/Advanced Beginner
Paddles will be provided
Weekly Lesson:
Week 1 - Non-Volley Zone Fundamentals
Week 2 - Serving & Returning Basics
Week 3 - Transition Zone Fundamentals
Week 4 - Groundstroke Foundations
Week 5 - Court Positioning & Team Chemistry
Week 6 - Game Play Tactics & Strategy
Fix Your Game Clinic w/ TommyFix Your Game Clinic w/ Tommy
Every pickleball player has something they'd like to improve. The focus of this clinic will be determined by the players who attend, allowing us to target the skills that will have the greatest impact on your game. Whether it's lobs, dinking, resets, volleys, serves, returns, transition play, or another key skill, our coaches will tailor the instruction to meet the group's needs.
This clinic is open to all skill levels. There are no rating restrictions because improvement isn't tied to a specific level of play. If there's a part of your game you want to strengthen, this clinic is for you. Players will receive instruction, drills, and coaching feedback designed to help build confidence, consistency, and better on-court decision-making.
Come ready to learn, ask questions, and work on the skills that matter most to your game.
Open Play (1pm Off-Peak)Join others and play matches in a fun, social, and/or competitive environment. Stack your paddles in a line at the court you choose to play. There will be challenge courts (ie. winner stays on) and regular courts (4 on 4 off) for a variety of skill levels. We do not restrict our open sessions to a specific skill level - all levels are welcome. Please note, these sessions do not include balls or paddles. We separately offer paddles for rent, and balls for sale.
Cancellation/No-Show/Late Policy
Full refunds will be offered as club credits if you cancel at least 24 hours prior to event start time - no refunds for cancellations within 24 hours.
If you don't show up, and don't let us know ahead of time, we will remove you from all future open play sessions that you signed up for. This is to prevent people from doing "bulk signups" to reserve their slot and then not showing up. If you are unable to attend, you can always cancel or reschedule 24 hours prior to the event in your CourtReserve account (please cancel it yourself online, as emailing or calling us to cancel beyond the 24 hour deadline does not guarantee a successful cancellation because we may not get to your request in time). If you need to cancel due to an emergency within 24 hours of the starting time, emailing us at [email protected] is the best way to let us know.
If you come to an open play, please stay for at least half the session in order to avoid being counted as a "no-show". We are noticing that some people are booking two consecutive weekday sessions from 5:30pm - 10:30pm, then show up after 7pm when the majority of the 5:30pm session is already over. This is unfair to the many people on the waitlist who would have shown up much earlier and played the whole session.
If you are running more than 15 minutes late to the session, please let us know via email ([email protected]), or we will give your spot to someone else. Often times, we have people who are at the club already waiting for a spot, but people show up late, and we are unable to let them have the spot.
We hope this policy will reduce the number of no-shows, as we know that many people want to attend the open play. Please let us know if you have any questions or concerns.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Kids Summer Camp - 5th to 8th Grade5-day camp that teaches kids in 5th-8th grade how to play pickleball.
Join us for an exciting Kids Pickleball Camp at Prestige Pickleball Club! Our summer camp will run in the afternoons from 1pm - 4pm, offering a comprehensive program focused on understanding the fundamentals of pickleball. Under the expert guidance of a Certified Pickleball Instructor who is also CPR Certified, campers will engage in a variety of activities aimed at developing their skills and understanding of the game. Each day will begin with warm-ups and stretching, preparing campers for the day's activities. Campers will then dive into core skills such as serving and returning, dinking, ground strokes, lobs, shot selection, net play, Partner Positioning, blocks and volley, and more. Through a combination of skills and drills, campers will have the opportunity to practice and refine their techniques. A provided snack, that is peanut-free, will keep campers fueled and refreshed. The camp will also include game play, allowing campers to apply their skills in a fun and supportive environment.
All equipment will be provided.
*The minimum number of children required per week is 8. If the registrations for any week fall below this minimum, we will notify you two weeks before the start of camp. To receive a full refund, cancellations must be received two weeks before the start of camp.
Mahjong Beginner Open Play TuesdaysEnjoy Mahjong with your friends or new friends you will meet at Prestige Pickleball Club.
Table for Beginner players.
4 players is the minimum for the event to occur.
Price:
$5 for a paid member
$10 for an unpaid member
Pickleball 101 | Beginner ClassPickleball 101 | Beginner Class
Members $56 | Non-Members $70 View full member benefits here.
📖 Program Overview
Everyone starts somewhere. We'll help you get there.
New to pickleball? Pickleball 101 is the perfect place to start. In this coach-led class, you'll learn the fundamentals of the game, including scoring, rules, court positioning, serves, returns, and rallying. By the end of class, you'll have the confidence to continue learning through Beginner Open Play and future classes.
👥 Class Format
Every class is 90 minutes and is limited to 4 students, maintaining a maximum 4:1 student-to-coach ratio. This small group format allows for personalized coaching, plenty of repetitions, and individual feedback throughout the session.
Classes include a mix of coach-led instruction, skill-building drills, live-ball exercises, and guided gameplay to help you apply what you learn in realistic game situations.
If only one student is enrolled, the class will still run as a 60-minute private lesson with the instructor at no additional cost.
🔍 Who This Is For
This class is best suited for players who:
Are brand new to pickleball or have only played a few times
Are still learning the rules, scoring, and court positioning
Want hands-on coaching in a supportive environment
Are looking to build confidence before joining Beginner Open Play
🎒 What to Bring
Athletic clothing and clean court shoes
Your paddle (or rent one for $6)
Water bottle (refill station available)
Positive attitude and competitive spirit
💸 Cancellation & Refund Policy
Cancel 24+ hours in advance for a full refund in account credit (minus processing fees)
Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable
If PKLYN cancels, you'll receive a full refund to your original payment method within 3–5 business days
All other refunds are issued as account credit
⏳ Full? Join the Waitlist
If this session is full, join the waitlist. It helps us gauge demand so we can add courts whenever possible.
Junior Summer Camp (July 27 - July 31)Junior Summer Camp for Kids Ages 9-15
Proper attire required with sneakers
Bring a water bottle. Refill station is available
Bring snacks that are peanuts free
Pickleball paddles will be provided
Daily Camp Structure
Warm-up & agility games
Pickleball skills and drills
Snack / rest break
Game Play
Creative activities (chess, painting pickleballs, etc.)
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
4-Week Beginner Adult Clinic4-Week Beginner Adult Clinic
Kickstart your journey with our 4-Week Beginner Group Series—designed for those who are new and ready to build a strong foundation in a supportive, motivating environment. This program focuses on the fundamentals, breaking things down into simple, easy-to-follow steps so you can gain confidence from day one. Each week, you’ll learn new skills, build on previous lessons, and develop consistency through guided sessions led by experienced instructors. Working in a small group setting allows you to connect with others at a similar level, making the experience both encouraging and fun. You’ll receive personalized attention, structured progress, and practical tips to help you continue improving beyond the program.
4 Week Clinic for IntermediateThis 4-week clinic series is for Intermediate players who are ready to take their game to the next level.
Clinic Schedule
With our coach and 4 other students, you’ll learn the following:
Week 1: how to reliably get to the kitchen (serves, drives, drops, drips, resets)
Week 2: how to stop your opponents getting to the kitchen (returns, 4th shot decision making, drive tolerance, flicks/rolls)
Week 3: How to win once you’re at the kitchen (speedups + dinking patterns)
Week 4: How to be ready for your opponents game plan in the kitchen. (Counters + dinking patterns+ finishing pieces)
Each class will be 1.5 hours long, with a combination of coach-guided drills and demonstrations!
If you were to sign up, it is a commitment to the 4-Week clinic series. If you cannot attend a class, please let your coach know before hand.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
Open Play (3pm Off-Peak)Join others and play matches in a fun, social, and/or competitive environment. Stack your paddles in a line at the court you choose to play. There will be challenge courts (ie. winner stays on) and regular courts (4 on 4 off) for a variety of skill levels. We do not restrict our open sessions to a specific skill level - all levels are welcome. Please note, these sessions do not include balls or paddles. We separately offer paddles for rent, and balls for sale.
Cancellation/No-Show/Late Policy
Full refunds will be offered as club credits if you cancel at least 24 hours prior to event start time - no refunds for cancellations within 24 hours.
If you don't show up, and don't let us know ahead of time, we will remove you from all future open play sessions that you signed up for. This is to prevent people from doing "bulk signups" to reserve their slot and then not showing up. If you are unable to attend, you can always cancel or reschedule 24 hours prior to the event in your CourtReserve account (please cancel it yourself online, as emailing or calling us to cancel beyond the 24 hour deadline does not guarantee a successful cancellation because we may not get to your request in time). If you need to cancel due to an emergency within 24 hours of the starting time, emailing us at [email protected] is the best way to let us know.
If you come to an open play, please stay for at least half the session in order to avoid being counted as a "no-show". We are noticing that some people are booking two consecutive weekday sessions from 5:30pm - 10:30pm, then show up after 7pm when the majority of the 5:30pm session is already over. This is unfair to the many people on the waitlist who would have shown up much earlier and played the whole session.
If you are running more than 15 minutes late to the session, please let us know via email ([email protected]), or we will give your spot to someone else. Often times, we have people who are at the club already waiting for a spot, but people show up late, and we are unable to let them have the spot.
We hope this policy will reduce the number of no-shows, as we know that many people want to attend the open play. Please let us know if you have any questions or concerns.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
High Intermediate Drills and Guided PlayThis 90 minute Guided Play Clinic is for High intermediate level players that provides real time instruction during games. The clinic is divided into a 45-50 minute drill session followed by 45 minutes of competitive guided game play. The program helps players improve their skills in areas like:
Serving
Soft game at the net
Strategy
Volleys
Lobs
Third shot "drop shot"
Court Positioning
GP also allows players to meet and play with other players of similar levels.
Teen Aces (grade 6-8)Join Our Spring 6-Week Junior Program Session!
Are you ready to unlock your child’s potential? Our Junior Program is designed to inspire, educate, and empower young minds. Our philosophy of “become your best self” is delivered through our state-of-the-art pickleball strategies and fundamentals by our top-level professional coaches.
Program Highlights:
Interactive Learning: Engaging activities that make learning fun and effective.
Expert Instructors: Experienced Pickleball Professionals dedicated to your child’s growth.
Creative Projects: Hands-on athletic projects that spark creativity and innovation.
Safe Environment: A supportive and safe space for all participants.
Why Choose Us?
Holistic Development: Focus on personal, social, and emotional growth.
Personalized Attention: Small class sizes for individualized learning. Maximum of 10 kids per session.
Community Building: Opportunities to make new friends and build lasting relationships.
Register Today! Spaces are limited. Don’t miss out on this incredible opportunity to give your child a head start.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Pre-Register: ACDMY | High Int OR Advanced | TuesdaysPKLYN High Intermediate or Advanced ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Tuesdays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 14
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to High Intermediate and Advanced players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
High Intermediate
Typical DUPR: 3.3+
Play with pace and anticipation.
Control direction and tempo during dink exchanges.
Defend speed-ups and transition effectively.
Attack out of the air when opportunities arise.
Understand positioning, targeting, and point construction.
Recommended for players who regularly compete in higher-level open play or leagues and want to improve consistency, decision-making, and execution under pressure.
Advanced
Typical DUPR: 3.75+
Play a disciplined, high-level game.
Dictate points through placement, pressure, and patience.
Handle fast hands exchanges and extended dink battles.
Value structure, repetition, and high-quality reps.
Recommended for players who compete at the top of PKLYN High Intermediate or within Advanced Open Play and are focused on refining execution, strategy, and tournament performance.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Advanced Beginner Drills and Guided PlayGuided Play (GP) is a program that provides real time instruction during games to players. The clinic is divided into a 45-50 minute drill session followed by 45 minutes of lightly competitive guided game play. The program helps players improve their skills in areas like:
Serving
Soft game at the net
Scoring
Partner movement
Volleys
Lobs
Third shot "drop shot"
Court Positioning
GP also allows players to meet and play with other players of similar levels.
JR. SUMMER PICKLEBALL FUNDAMENTALS (6/30-8/25)Fundamentals is designed for kids who have some experience playing pickleball and want to improve their skills, meet new players and have fun.
4 Week Clinic for BeginnersThis 4-week clinic series is for Beginners who are ready to take their game to the next level.
If you are a Beginner who doesn’t know the rules yet, please join one of our Intro to Pickleball clinics!
Clinic Schedule
With our coach and 4 other students, you’ll learn the following:
Positioning - Ensuring you are positioned correctly to make proper contact with the ball.
Split Stepping - Stabilizing yourself before the shot.
Drives - How to hit the ball deep with more consistency, on your serves and in rallies.
Forehand Dinks - how to keep the ball in play at the kitchen line
Each class will be 1.5 hours long, with a combination of Coach guided drills and demonstrations!
If you were to sign up, it is a commitment to the 4-Week clinic series. If you cannot make a class, please let your coach know before hand.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event
Rage Lab - Play with The ProTake your game beyond drills and into real match situations with Play with the Pro. Limited to just 3 players, this unique session gives you the opportunity to play alongside and against a PickleRage teaching professional in live game scenarios.
Receive on-court coaching, strategy tips, shot selection guidance, positioning feedback, and tactical advice as points are being played. Learn how advanced players think, move, and construct points while gaining valuable insight you can immediately apply to your own game.
Maximum 3 players • High coach interaction • Live play coaching • All levels welcome
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Partner Rally 15 Open Play
Partner Rally 15 Open Play Format:
Register with a partner or a partner will be drawn for you
HC Rally Scoring (straight to 15 / no serve to win)
Regular Open Play 2 off 2 on
Winners stay for 2 games
NOTE: The 4.0 50+ Team may be practicing during this session
Intro to Pickleball - FREEFree Intro to Pickleball at PickleRage
Curious about pickleball? Come experience it the PickleRage way. Our Free Intro to Pickleball session is a fun, welcoming introduction designed specifically for brand-new players.
PickleRage coaches will walk you through the fundamentals, including basic rules, scoring, equipment, and court positioning.
You will then transition into guided on-court play so you can immediately apply what you learn in a supportive, high-energy environment.
Paddles and balls are provided—show up ready to play and have fun.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Intro to Pickleball with Coach SzeIntro to Pickleball
$40
*GREENPOINT RESIDENTS PLAY FREE WITH VALID ID*
Session will be refunded as club credit for Greenpoint residents
Share This Event Link To Friends And Join Together: https://app.courtreserve.com/Online/Events/Public/17550/2124319
Description
Curious about pickleball? This small group, beginner-friendly clinic is the perfect place to start. Led by Coach Sze, this introductory session is designed for players with little to no pickleball experience and provides a fun, supportive environment to learn the fundamentals of the fastest-growing sport in the country.
Players will be introduced to the basic rules, scoring, court positioning, and essential shots needed to start playing with confidence. No prior experience is required.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed specifically for brand-new players and beginners. If you've never played pickleball before, have only played a few times, or are looking for a structured introduction to the game, this session is for you.
No pickleball experience is necessary, and all questions are welcome.
How Games Run
This is a coach-led instructional clinic featuring demonstrations, skill-building drills, and guided gameplay.
* Coach Lynn will introduce the core fundamentals of pickleball.
* Learn serving, returning, dinking, volleying, scoring, and court positioning.
* Participate in skill-building drills designed for beginners.
* Practice each skill before applying it in beginner-friendly games.
* Receive instruction, feedback, and guidance throughout the session.
* Paddles will be provided for all participants.
Simply show up ready to learn, improve, and have fun.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear and clean court shoes. Paddles and balls will be provided for this session. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Fix Your Game Clinic w/ TommyFix Your Game Clinic w/ Tommy
Every pickleball player has something they'd like to improve. The focus of this clinic will be determined by the players who attend, allowing us to target the skills that will have the greatest impact on your game. Whether it's lobs, dinking, resets, volleys, serves, returns, transition play, or another key skill, our coaches will tailor the instruction to meet the group's needs.
This clinic is open to all skill levels. There are no rating restrictions because improvement isn't tied to a specific level of play. If there's a part of your game you want to strengthen, this clinic is for you. Players will receive instruction, drills, and coaching feedback designed to help build confidence, consistency, and better on-court decision-making.
Come ready to learn, ask questions, and work on the skills that matter most to your game.
Pickle School SeriesPickle School – Beginner Series (4 Weeks)
Ready to learn the game everyone is talking about? Pickle School 101 is a 4-week beginner series designed for new players with little or no pickleball experience.
Over four weekly classes, our certified PickleRage coaches will guide you through the fundamentals of pickleball in a fun, supportive environment. Players will learn the basic rules, scoring, court positioning, paddle skills, serving, returns, dinking, and movement patterns needed to begin playing confidently.
By the end of the series, you will understand how the game is played, be comfortable participating in beginner-level play, and be ready to advance to Pickle School 201.
What You'll Learn:
Rules and scoring
Court positioning and player movement
Grip and paddle control
Serve and return fundamentals
Dinking and net play basics
Introduction to strategy and game play
Perfect For:
Brand-new players
Players who have taken an Intro to Pickleball class
Anyone looking to build a strong foundation before joining open play or clinics
Pre-registration required.
Minimum of 2 players required to run the class.
Cancellations within 24 hours or no-shows will be charged the full amount.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Guided Open PlayGuided Open Play is the perfect bridge between learning the game and jumping into regular play. Designed for beginner and early intermediate players, these sessions are led by a coach who helps organize courts, match players by level, and provide light instruction along the way. Players will rotate through games, receive helpful tips and positioning guidance, and build confidence in a supportive, social environment. It’s a great way to reinforce skills from clinics, meet new players, and get comfortable with the flow of open play—without the pressure.
Whether you’re just getting started or looking to sharpen your fundamentals, Guided Open Play helps you learn, play, and improve all at once.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Clinic - DUPR Assessment Workshop with Coach VanClinic - DUPR Assessment Workshop with Coach Van
Max number of players: 6
This is a special clinic for players who who do not yet have a DUPR rating and wish to receive a provisional rating from a certified DUPR coach.
During this session, you will spend 2 hours playing in a round robin format using traditional scoring. Coach Van will be assessing your skills and strategic approach to the game throughout the entire session.
After the clinic has concluded, Van will document your performance. Assuming you do not already have a rating, you will be assigned a provisional DUPR rating within the DUPR app. You will receive an email from Coach Van with the details of the assessment.
Prior to coming to the session, please download the My DUPR Coach App using Coach’s Van’s unique link.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund until 24 hours before the session starts. Cancellations within 24 hours will be subject to a full charge.
Low Enrollment Cancellation: The clinic will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first cla
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Women's Collective Community Drill & PlayWomen’s Collective Community Drill & Play
Join the Gotham Women's Collective for a community-led session designed to help you build your game through practice & play.Each session is hosted by a Women's Collective Ambassador who will introduce a featured drill and guide the flow of the session. While this is not an instructional clinic, our host will introduce the drill, facilitate partner rotations, and foster a fun, supportive environment where players can learn from one another.The first hour is dedicated to drilling with rotating partners, giving everyone the opportunity to focus on a specific skill through repetition. The second hour transitions into organized gameplay, where you can apply what you've worked on in friendly, competitive matches.
Players who sign up for Open Play are expected to know the rules of pickleball. If you are new to pickleball, please attend an Intro to Pickleball Clinic before coming to an Open Play event.
Max players per court: 5
Women's Collective Community Drill & PlayWomen’s Collective Community Drill & Play
Join the Gotham Women's Collective for a community-led session designed to help you build your game through practice & play.Each session is hosted by a Women's Collective Ambassador who will introduce a featured drill and guide the flow of the session. While this is not an instructional clinic, our host will introduce the drill, facilitate partner rotations, and foster a fun, supportive environment where players can learn from one another.The first hour is dedicated to drilling with rotating partners, giving everyone the opportunity to focus on a specific skill through repetition. The second hour transitions into organized gameplay, where you can apply what you've worked on in friendly, competitive matches.
Players who sign up for Open Play are expected to know the rules of pickleball. If you are new to pickleball, please attend an Intro to Pickleball Clinic before coming to an Open Play event.
Max players per court: 5
Cancellation Policy: Full refund until 24 hours before the session starts. Cancellations within 24 hours will be subject to a full charge.
Low Enrollment Cancellation: We will cancel sessions that do not have a sufficient number of players by 8pm the prior evening.
Summer Camp Week 6 Afternoon SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
4 Week Advanced Beginners ClinicThis 4-week clinic series is for Advanced Beginners who are ready to take their game to the next level.
Clinic Schedule
With our coach and 4 other students, you’ll learn the following:
Week 1. How to forehand/backhand dink
Week 2. How to hit a 3rd shot drop/drive
Week 3. How to volly back and forth.
Week 4. Blocking the 3rd shot drive and countering when in hands battles
Each class will be 1.5 hours long, with a combination of Coach guided drills and demonstrations!
If you were to sign up, it is a commitment to the 4-Week clinic series. If you cannot make a class, please let your coach know before hand.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund
Emerg Adv Open PlayOpen Play Format:
Team closest to the back or side wall serves first
Play straight to 11 points (no win by 2 points)
Winners stay and split
Winners rotate out after 2 wins
ADVANCED BEGINNER 11 WEEKS (6/17-8/26)Advanced Beginner(2.5-3.0): You know the basic rules and how to keep score but want to improve your consistency and technique. You’re starting to understand shot selection and dinking. Our instructional leagues and lesson series focus on shots that help you sustain longer rallies, hit moderate-paced shots and start thinking about strategies.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.*
Intro to Pickleball - FREEFree Intro to Pickleball at PickleRage
Curious about pickleball? Come experience it the PickleRage way. Our Free Intro to Pickleball session is a fun, welcoming introduction designed specifically for brand-new players.
PickleRage coaches will walk you through the fundamentals, including basic rules, scoring, equipment, and court positioning.
You will then transition into guided on-court play so you can immediately apply what you learn in a supportive, high-energy environment.
Paddles and balls are provided—show up ready to play and have fun.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Summer Camp Week 6 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Kids Camp Ages 6-9Kids Pickleball Camp (Ages 6–9)
Join us for a fun and engaging 1-week pickleball camp designed for young players of all skill levels.
Schedule:
Monday – Thursday | 9:00 AM – 1:00 PM
Program Includes:
2 hours of structured drills and skill development
2 hours of guided play sessions
Additional activities including ping pong, cornhole, and other games
Our program focuses on building fundamental skills, improving coordination, and creating a fun, social environment for kids to learn and enjoy the game.
Pricing:
$350 per child (per week)
ADVANCED BEGINNER 11 WEEKS (6/17-8/26)Advanced Beginner(2.5-3.0): You know the basic rules and how to keep score but want to improve your consistency and technique. You’re starting to understand shot selection and dinking. Our instructional leagues and lesson series focus on shots that help you sustain longer rallies, hit moderate-paced shots and start thinking about strategies.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.*
Kids Camp Ages 10-14Kids Pickleball Camp (Ages 10-14)
Join us for a fun and engaging 1-week pickleball camp designed for young players of all skill levels.
Schedule:
Monday – Thursday | 9:00 AM – 1:00 PM
Program Includes:
2 hours of structured drills and skill development
2 hours of guided play sessions
Additional activities including ping pong, cornhole, and other games
Our program focuses on building fundamental skills, improving coordination, and creating a fun, social environment for kids to learn and enjoy the game.
Pricing:
$350 per child (per week)
Open Play (9:30am Off-Peak)Join others and play matches in a fun, social, and/or competitive environment. Stack your paddles in a line at the court you choose to play. There will be challenge courts (ie. winner stays on) and regular courts (4 on 4 off) for a variety of skill levels. We do not restrict our open sessions to a specific skill level - all levels are welcome. Please note, these sessions do not include balls or paddles. We separately offer paddles for rent, and balls for sale.
Cancellation/No-Show/Late Policy
Full refunds will be offered as club credits if you cancel at least 24 hours prior to event start time - no refunds for cancellations within 24 hours.
If you don't show up, and don't let us know ahead of time, we will remove you from all future open play sessions that you signed up for. This is to prevent people from doing "bulk signups" to reserve their slot and then not showing up. If you are unable to attend, you can always cancel or reschedule 24 hours prior to the event in your CourtReserve account (please cancel it yourself online, as emailing or calling us to cancel beyond the 24 hour deadline does not guarantee a successful cancellation because we may not get to your request in time). If you need to cancel due to an emergency within 24 hours of the starting time, emailing us at [email protected] is the best way to let us know.
If you come to an open play, please stay for at least half the session in order to avoid being counted as a "no-show". We are noticing that some people are booking two consecutive weekday sessions from 5:30pm - 10:30pm, then show up after 7pm when the majority of the 5:30pm session is already over. This is unfair to the many people on the waitlist who would have shown up much earlier and played the whole session.
If you are running more than 15 minutes late to the session, please let us know via email ([email protected]), or we will give your spot to someone else. Often times, we have people who are at the club already waiting for a spot, but people show up late, and we are unable to let them have the spot.
We hope this policy will reduce the number of no-shows, as we know that many people want to attend the open play. Please let us know if you have any questions or concerns.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
FREE Intro to Pickleball ClinicFREE Intro to Pickleball Clinic
Level: Beginner
Age: All
Gender: All
Clinic designed for beginners and newer players! This fun, low-pressure session will cover the basics of the game, including rules, scoring, court positioning, and fundamental shots. Our instructor will guide you through drills and live play to help you build confidence and start playing right away. No experience necessary.
INTERMEDIATE LESSON SERIES 12 weeks (6/3-8/19/26)Intermediate (3.0-3.5+): You know the rules and have consistent serves and returns. Points last longer, play is more intentional and you're starting to understand game strategies. You are beginning to think more like a team when playing doubles rather than two individuals doing their own thing on the same side of the court. Our Intermediate Instructional programs focus on developing your shot selection, 3rd/4th/5th shots and how to implement a plan for them. We also focus on improving consistency to build points, how to recognize the point set-up and when to attack or reset.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.*
Pickle School SeriesPickle School – Beginner Series (4 Weeks)
Ready to learn the game everyone is talking about? Pickle School 101 is a 4-week beginner series designed for new players with little or no pickleball experience.
Over four weekly classes, our certified PickleRage coaches will guide you through the fundamentals of pickleball in a fun, supportive environment. Players will learn the basic rules, scoring, court positioning, paddle skills, serving, returns, dinking, and movement patterns needed to begin playing confidently.
By the end of the series, you will understand how the game is played, be comfortable participating in beginner-level play, and be ready to advance to Pickle School 201.
What You'll Learn:
Rules and scoring
Court positioning and player movement
Grip and paddle control
Serve and return fundamentals
Dinking and net play basics
Introduction to strategy and game play
Perfect For:
Brand-new players
Players who have taken an Intro to Pickleball class
Anyone looking to build a strong foundation before joining open play or clinics
Pre-registration required.
Minimum of 2 players required to run the class.
Cancellations within 24 hours or no-shows will be charged the full amount.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Guided Open PlayGuided Open Play is the perfect bridge between learning the game and jumping into regular play. Designed for beginner and early intermediate players, these sessions are led by a coach who helps organize courts, match players by level, and provide light instruction along the way. Players will rotate through games, receive helpful tips and positioning guidance, and build confidence in a supportive, social environment. It’s a great way to reinforce skills from clinics, meet new players, and get comfortable with the flow of open play—without the pressure.
Whether you’re just getting started or looking to sharpen your fundamentals, Guided Open Play helps you learn, play, and improve all at once.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Beginner Training ClinicBeginner Training Clinic (60 minutes)
Level: Beginner
Age: All
Gender: All
Clinic designed for beginners and newer players! This session focuses on learning the fundamentals of pickleball, including proper technique, basic shots, court positioning, and scoring. Our instructor will guide you through structured drills to help build confidence and develop a solid foundation for the game.
Rage Lab - Dinking DominanceOur Adult Clinics are dynamic, high-energy sessions designed to help players improve specific skills in a fun, focused, and social environment. Each 1-hour clinic features a rotating topic—such as Dinking Dominance, Drop Like a Boss, Mastering Serve & Return, Speed Ups & Counters, and more—so you can continually build and refine your game. Led by experienced coaches, these clinics combine clear instruction, purposeful drills, and live-ball play to ensure you’re not just learning techniques, but applying them in real-time situations. Perfect for players looking to sharpen their skills, gain confidence, and elevate their overall performance on the court.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Rage Lab - Dinking DominanceOur Adult Clinics are dynamic, high-energy sessions designed to help players improve specific skills in a fun, focused, and social environment. Each 1-hour clinic features a rotating topic—such as Dinking Dominance, Drop Like a Boss, Mastering Serve & Return, Speed Ups & Counters, and more—so you can continually build and refine your game. Led by experienced coaches, these clinics combine clear instruction, purposeful drills, and live-ball play to ensure you’re not just learning techniques, but applying them in real-time situations. Perfect for players looking to sharpen their skills, gain confidence, and elevate their overall performance on the court.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Pre-Register: ACDMY | Exp Beginner OR Intermediate | WednesdaysPKLYN Experienced Beginner or Intermediate ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Wednesdays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 15
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to Experienced Beginner and Intermediate players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
Experienced Beginner
You’re past the basics and ready to build strategy and shot selection.
You understand scoring, positioning, and core rules
You’re developing consistency on serves, returns, and dinks
Volleys, resets, and third shots are still in progress
Recommended for players who have moved beyond intro classes and feel comfortable in Experienced Beginner or Intermediate open play.
Intermediate
You play with intention and are developing a complete game.
You serve and return with purpose
You use the kitchen strategically
You can sustain dink rallies and identify attackable balls
You’re learning to reset and defend under pressure
Recommended for players who are comfortable in Intermediate open play and want more confidence with drops, volleys, and handling pace-heavy players.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Intermediate DrillscIntermediate Drills
Level: Intermediate
Age: All
Gender: All
For players with solid fundamentals who want to take their game to the next level. This clinic focuses on improving consistency, strategy, court awareness, and advanced shot techniques through structured drills and coaching.
Play With A Pro 3.0 - 3.5Ready to move up to the High Intermediate 3.5+ level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Intro to Pickleball - FREEFree Intro to Pickleball at PickleRage
Curious about pickleball? Come experience it the PickleRage way. Our Free Intro to Pickleball session is a fun, welcoming introduction designed specifically for brand-new players.
PickleRage coaches will walk you through the fundamentals, including basic rules, scoring, equipment, and court positioning.
You will then transition into guided on-court play so you can immediately apply what you learn in a supportive, high-energy environment.
Paddles and balls are provided—show up ready to play and have fun.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Beginner+ Community Clinic brought to you by Mount Sinai Health CareImprove your skills and boost your spirits with this one-hour community clinic brought to you courtesy of Mount Sinai Health Care.
Our Beginner+ Community Clinic is geared towards players who know the basics and are looking to improve their game.
You will build your foundational skills, drill, and play games!
Program Details:
Four players per court
60-minute session
Free paddle rental included
Junior Summer Camp (July 27 - July 31)Junior Summer Camp for Kids Ages 9-15
Proper attire required with sneakers
Bring a water bottle. Refill station is available
Bring snacks that are peanuts free
Pickleball paddles will be provided
Daily Camp Structure
Warm-up & agility games
Pickleball skills and drills
Snack / rest break
Game Play
Creative activities (chess, painting pickleballs, etc.)
Intro to Pickleball Community Clinic brought to you by Mount SinaiImprove your skills and boost your spirits with this one-hour community clinic brought to you courtesy of Mount Sinai Health System.
Our Intro Clinic is geared towards beginner players who are looking to get into pickleball.
You will learn the rules, some basic drills, and play the game!
Program Details:
Four players per court
One instructor
60-minute session
Free paddle rental included
Kids Summer Camp - 5th to 8th Grade5-day camp that teaches kids in 5th-8th grade how to play pickleball.
Join us for an exciting Kids Pickleball Camp at Prestige Pickleball Club! Our summer camp will run in the afternoons from 1pm - 4pm, offering a comprehensive program focused on understanding the fundamentals of pickleball. Under the expert guidance of a Certified Pickleball Instructor who is also CPR Certified, campers will engage in a variety of activities aimed at developing their skills and understanding of the game. Each day will begin with warm-ups and stretching, preparing campers for the day's activities. Campers will then dive into core skills such as serving and returning, dinking, ground strokes, lobs, shot selection, net play, Partner Positioning, blocks and volley, and more. Through a combination of skills and drills, campers will have the opportunity to practice and refine their techniques. A provided snack, that is peanut-free, will keep campers fueled and refreshed. The camp will also include game play, allowing campers to apply their skills in a fun and supportive environment.
All equipment will be provided.
*The minimum number of children required per week is 8. If the registrations for any week fall below this minimum, we will notify you two weeks before the start of camp. To receive a full refund, cancellations must be received two weeks before the start of camp.
Intro to Pickleball Community Clinic brought to you by Mount SinaiImprove your skills and boost your spirits with this one-hour community clinic brought to you courtesy of Mount Sinai Health System.
Our Intro Clinic is geared towards beginner players who are looking to get into pickleball.
You will learn the rules, some basic drills, and play the game!
Program Details:
Four players per court
One instructor
60-minute session
Free paddle rental included
Pre-Register: ACDMY | High Int OR Advanced | WednesdaysPKLYN High Intermediate or Advanced ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Wednesdays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 15
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to High Intermediate and Advanced players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
High Intermediate
Typical DUPR: 3.3+
Play with pace and anticipation.
Control direction and tempo during dink exchanges.
Defend speed-ups and transition effectively.
Attack out of the air when opportunities arise.
Understand positioning, targeting, and point construction.
Recommended for players who regularly compete in higher-level open play or leagues and want to improve consistency, decision-making, and execution under pressure.
Advanced
Typical DUPR: 3.75+
Play a disciplined, high-level game.
Dictate points through placement, pressure, and patience.
Handle fast hands exchanges and extended dink battles.
Value structure, repetition, and high-quality reps.
Recommended for players who compete at the top of PKLYN High Intermediate or within Advanced Open Play and are focused on refining execution, strategy, and tournament performance.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Open Play (1pm Off-Peak)Join others and play matches in a fun, social, and/or competitive environment. Stack your paddles in a line at the court you choose to play. There will be challenge courts (ie. winner stays on) and regular courts (4 on 4 off) for a variety of skill levels. We do not restrict our open sessions to a specific skill level - all levels are welcome. Please note, these sessions do not include balls or paddles. We separately offer paddles for rent, and balls for sale.
Cancellation/No-Show/Late Policy
Full refunds will be offered as club credits if you cancel at least 24 hours prior to event start time - no refunds for cancellations within 24 hours.
If you don't show up, and don't let us know ahead of time, we will remove you from all future open play sessions that you signed up for. This is to prevent people from doing "bulk signups" to reserve their slot and then not showing up. If you are unable to attend, you can always cancel or reschedule 24 hours prior to the event in your CourtReserve account (please cancel it yourself online, as emailing or calling us to cancel beyond the 24 hour deadline does not guarantee a successful cancellation because we may not get to your request in time). If you need to cancel due to an emergency within 24 hours of the starting time, emailing us at [email protected] is the best way to let us know.
If you come to an open play, please stay for at least half the session in order to avoid being counted as a "no-show". We are noticing that some people are booking two consecutive weekday sessions from 5:30pm - 10:30pm, then show up after 7pm when the majority of the 5:30pm session is already over. This is unfair to the many people on the waitlist who would have shown up much earlier and played the whole session.
If you are running more than 15 minutes late to the session, please let us know via email ([email protected]), or we will give your spot to someone else. Often times, we have people who are at the club already waiting for a spot, but people show up late, and we are unable to let them have the spot.
We hope this policy will reduce the number of no-shows, as we know that many people want to attend the open play. Please let us know if you have any questions or concerns.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
3 and Me with JayThis 90-minute clinic is for Intermediate players looking to advance their game. The clinic is divided into an intense drill session followed by 30-45 minutes of competitive guided game play. The program helps players advance their existing skills in areas like:
Serving
Soft game at the net
Scoring
Partner movement
Volleys
Lobs
Third shot "drop shot"
Court Positioning
The PRO plays with the players for the entire session.
Open Play (3pm Off-Peak)Join others and play matches in a fun, social, and/or competitive environment. Stack your paddles in a line at the court you choose to play. There will be challenge courts (ie. winner stays on) and regular courts (4 on 4 off) for a variety of skill levels. We do not restrict our open sessions to a specific skill level - all levels are welcome. Please note, these sessions do not include balls or paddles. We separately offer paddles for rent, and balls for sale.
Cancellation/No-Show/Late Policy
Full refunds will be offered as club credits if you cancel at least 24 hours prior to event start time - no refunds for cancellations within 24 hours.
If you don't show up, and don't let us know ahead of time, we will remove you from all future open play sessions that you signed up for. This is to prevent people from doing "bulk signups" to reserve their slot and then not showing up. If you are unable to attend, you can always cancel or reschedule 24 hours prior to the event in your CourtReserve account (please cancel it yourself online, as emailing or calling us to cancel beyond the 24 hour deadline does not guarantee a successful cancellation because we may not get to your request in time). If you need to cancel due to an emergency within 24 hours of the starting time, emailing us at [email protected] is the best way to let us know.
If you come to an open play, please stay for at least half the session in order to avoid being counted as a "no-show". We are noticing that some people are booking two consecutive weekday sessions from 5:30pm - 10:30pm, then show up after 7pm when the majority of the 5:30pm session is already over. This is unfair to the many people on the waitlist who would have shown up much earlier and played the whole session.
If you are running more than 15 minutes late to the session, please let us know via email ([email protected]), or we will give your spot to someone else. Often times, we have people who are at the club already waiting for a spot, but people show up late, and we are unable to let them have the spot.
We hope this policy will reduce the number of no-shows, as we know that many people want to attend the open play. Please let us know if you have any questions or concerns.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Intro to Pickleball - FREEcFree "Intro to Pickleball" Session
New to pickleball? Curious about PickleRage? Join us for a fun and friendly Free "Intro to Pickleball" session!
Designed for beginners, this class covers the basics: rules, scoring, equipment, and court positioning, followed by guided play so you can jump right into the action. Let our instructors introduce you to the fastest-growing sport in the country at our new state-of-the art facility. Paddles and balls provided. Just bring your energy! Best of all, it's FREE for both members and non-members!
900 North Ave, Plainfield, NJ 07062, United States
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Advanced Intermediate / Advanced levels (3.7-4.2)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Mid-court Resets and Roll Volleys
This session will be dedicated to learning how to handle shots coming towards your feet in the mid-court, as well as how to effectively apply pressure when your opponents hit drop shots to you.
2. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to handle one coming at you.
3. Drop Shots and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line while maintaining potential to apply pressure during transition
4. Dinking and Cross Court Dinking
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate an effective attack on your opponents.
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Women's Collective 101 ClinicWomen’s Collective 101 | Foundation Series
Suggested Rating: 2.0 – 2.49 or Non-Rated
Designed for new players who are learning the basics of pickleball and want to build confidence through consistent contact, simple movement patterns, and early rally skills. The Foundation Series introduces core techniques and court awareness to help players feel more comfortable sustaining short rallies and understanding how points develop.
Session Format (2 Hours):
Fundamental Skills: Introduction to core strokes such as volleys, dinks, serves, and basic groundstrokes
**Paddle Readiness + Footwork:**Split step, paddle-ready habits, and movement toward the NVZ
**Rally Building:**Learning how to keep the ball in play through controlled exchanges
**Guided Drills + Live Play:**Applying skills through simple rally patterns and coached gameplay
Skill Themes May Include:
NVZ awareness and introductory block volleys
Dinks and short rally control
Serve fundamentals and basic forehand/backhand contact
Simple two-shot patterns such as serve → third shot in play or return → move forward
Ideal for players who want to develop confidence moving near the NVZ and can sustain short rallies with similar players.
Max players per court: 4
Cancellation Policy: Full refund until 48 hours before the session starts. Cancellations within 48 hours will be subject to a full charge.
Low Enrollment Cancellation: We will cancel sessions that do not have a sufficient number of players by 8pm the prior evening. You will
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
Pre-Register: ACDMY | Exp Beginner OR Intermediate | WednesdaysPKLYN Experienced Beginner or Intermediate ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Wednesdays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 15
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to Experienced Beginner and Intermediate players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
Experienced Beginner
You’re past the basics and ready to build strategy and shot selection.
You understand scoring, positioning, and core rules
You’re developing consistency on serves, returns, and dinks
Volleys, resets, and third shots are still in progress
Recommended for players who have moved beyond intro classes and feel comfortable in Experienced Beginner or Intermediate open play.
Intermediate
You play with intention and are developing a complete game.
You serve and return with purpose
You use the kitchen strategically
You can sustain dink rallies and identify attackable balls
You’re learning to reset and defend under pressure
Recommended for players who are comfortable in Intermediate open play and want more confidence with drops, volleys, and handling pace-heavy players.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Official DUPR AssessmentWho’s This For?
Players who would like to participate in competitive events or rated events/tournaments.
People who would like to see where they are at by having a universal rating.
Players who do not already have a DUPR rating and would like to have one. If you already have a rating, you can't do it.
How to Join the Fun
Sign up now if you're interested instead of waiting until the last minute.
What to bring: Comfortable shoes, your equipment, your energy, and a positive attitude!
Information Details
Hosted at Fair Expo Pickleball, 10901 SW 24th St, Miami, FL 33165, USA.
If you have any questions or issues, don't hesitate to contact Stéphane at [email protected] or (404)236-9966.
198 North Mountain Drive, Dobbs Ferry, NY 10522, USA
SUM26 NTC Night Lights (Rally) - WED 5:30PDrill of the week
Organized round robin play
2-3 competitive rotations each week.
Compete and beat an NTC Pro
Eligible ratings: NTC Rally
[INTERMEDIATE] Coach Guided Open Play (5:30pm)Have a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
JR. SUMMER TOURNAMENT TRAINING (7/1-8/26)Tournament Training is for experienced players who want to compete. We'll focus on game play and strategy, learn and strengthen specialty shots and explore different formats of play including singles, tie breakers and rally scoring.
Pickle School SeriesPickle School – Beginner Series (4 Weeks)
Ready to learn the game everyone is talking about? Pickle School 101 is a 4-week beginner series designed for new players with little or no pickleball experience.
Over four weekly classes, our certified PickleRage coaches will guide you through the fundamentals of pickleball in a fun, supportive environment. Players will learn the basic rules, scoring, court positioning, paddle skills, serving, returns, dinking, and movement patterns needed to begin playing confidently.
By the end of the series, you will understand how the game is played, be comfortable participating in beginner-level play, and be ready to advance to Pickle School 201.
What You'll Learn:
Rules and scoring
Court positioning and player movement
Grip and paddle control
Serve and return fundamentals
Dinking and net play basics
Introduction to strategy and game play
Perfect For:
Brand-new players
Players who have taken an Intro to Pickleball class
Anyone looking to build a strong foundation before joining open play or clinics
Pre-registration required.
Minimum of 2 players required to run the class.
Cancellations within 24 hours or no-shows will be charged the full amount.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Pickleball coaching for Advanced Intermediate / Advanced trainingExisting trainees receive 10% for enrolling again, call us to receive account credit.
Coaching for Advanced Intermediate / advnaced training for DUPR >=3.5
60 min sessions
4 session package
Continue to hone in on the skills.
Spend dedicated 60 minutes with the coach on the court.
We can also customize a training program as per your needs.
Please feel free to call or speak with the coach during your session.
Intro to Pickleball - FREEFree Intro to Pickleball at PickleRage
Curious about pickleball? Come experience it the PickleRage way. Our Free Intro to Pickleball session is a fun, welcoming introduction designed specifically for brand-new players.
PickleRage coaches will walk you through the fundamentals, including basic rules, scoring, equipment, and court positioning.
You will then transition into guided on-court play so you can immediately apply what you learn in a supportive, high-energy environment.
Paddles and balls are provided—show up ready to play and have fun.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Partner Rally 15 Open PlayPartner Rally 15 Open Play Format:
Register with a partner or a partner will be drawn for you
HC Rally Scoring (straight to 15 / no serve to win)
Regular Open Play 2 off 2 on
Winners stay for 2 games
NOTE: The 4.0 50+ Team may be practicing during this session
[INTERMEDIATE] Coach Guided Open Play (6:30pm)Have a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Rage Lab - Speed Ups & CounterRage Lab Skills Clinics
Rage Lab Skills Clinics are focused, skill-based training sessions designed to help players improve specific areas of their game through expert instruction, purposeful drills, and live-play application. Each clinic targets a key pickleball skill or strategy, allowing players to build confidence, consistency, and court awareness in a fun and supportive environment.
Topics include dinking, third-shot drops, resets, volleys, speed-ups, counters, serving, returning, lobs, overheads, transition play, court positioning, and more. Whether you're looking to sharpen a particular skill or become a more complete player, Rage Lab offers the training you need to take your game to the next level.
Train with purpose. Practice with intent. Play with confidence.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
BASICS PLUS lesson series 7/22-8/26Basics Plus (2.0-2.5): You have completed our Absolute Beginner Clinic or are a brand-new player. You’ll learn all the basics and build on your skills to increase your confidence in your game play. You are adding fundamental skills to your toolbox, but you lack consistency. Basics Plus is a 6-week program with one hour of instruction and one hour of unsupervised play.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.*
Summer Rage Academy (Adult)Summer Rage Academy
4 Weeks • 90 Minutes Per Week
Take your game to the next level with the Summer Rage Academy, a 4-week training series for adult players looking to improve their skills, strategy, and match play performance.
Each 90-minute session combines instruction, drills, coached play, and game-based learning focused on the shots and situations you use most in doubles play. Topics include dinking, drops, volleys, transitions, court positioning, and strategy.
Perfect for players who want more than open play and are committed to improving their game.
Pre-registration required.
Minimum of 3 players required
Cancellations within 24 hours or no-shows will be charged the full amount.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Intro to Pickleball Community Clinic brought to you by Mount SinaiImprove your skills and boost your spirits with this one-hour community clinic brought to you courtesy of Mount Sinai Health System.
Our Intro Clinic is geared towards beginner players who are looking to get into pickleball.
You will learn the rules, some basic drills, and play the game!
Program Details:
Four players per court
One instructor
60-minute session
Free paddle rental included
Intro to Pickleball Community Clinic brought to you by Mount SinaiImprove your skills and boost your spirits with this one-hour community clinic brought to you courtesy of Mount Sinai Health System.
Our Intro Clinic is geared towards beginner players who are looking to get into pickleball.
You will learn the rules, some basic drills, and play the game!
Program Details:
Four players per court
One instructor
60-minute session
Free paddle rental included
Summer Camp Week 6 Afternoon SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Rising Stars (grade 3-5)Join Our Spring 6-Week Junior Program Session!
Are you ready to unlock your child’s potential? Our Junior Program is designed to inspire, educate, and empower young minds. Our philosophy of “become your best self” is delivered through our state-of-the-art pickleball strategies and fundamentals by our top-level professional coaches.
Program Highlights:
Interactive Learning: Engaging activities that make learning fun and effective.
Expert Instructors: Experienced Pickleball Professionals dedicated to your child’s growth.
Creative Projects: Hands-on athletic projects that spark creativity and innovation.
Safe Environment: A supportive and safe space for all participants.
Why Choose Us?
Holistic Development: Focus on personal, social, and emotional growth.
Personalized Attention: Small class sizes for individualized learning. Maximum of 10 kids per session.
Community Building: Opportunities to make new friends and build lasting relationships.
Register Today! Spaces are limited. Don’t miss out on this incredible opportunity to give your child a head start.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Pre-Register: ACDMY | Exp Beginner OR Intermediate | ThursdaysPKLYN Experienced Beginner or Intermediate ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Thursdays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 16
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to Experienced Beginner and Intermediate players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
Experienced Beginner
You’re past the basics and ready to build strategy and shot selection.
You understand scoring, positioning, and core rules
You’re developing consistency on serves, returns, and dinks
Volleys, resets, and third shots are still in progress
Recommended for players who have moved beyond intro classes and feel comfortable in Experienced Beginner or Intermediate open play.
Intermediate
You play with intention and are developing a complete game.
You serve and return with purpose
You use the kitchen strategically
You can sustain dink rallies and identify attackable balls
You’re learning to reset and defend under pressure
Recommended for players who are comfortable in Intermediate open play and want more confidence with drops, volleys, and handling pace-heavy players.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Pre-Register: ACDMY | Exp Beginner OR Intermediate | ThursdaysPKLYN Experienced Beginner or Intermediate ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Thursdays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 16
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to Experienced Beginner and Intermediate players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
Experienced Beginner
You’re past the basics and ready to build strategy and shot selection.
You understand scoring, positioning, and core rules
You’re developing consistency on serves, returns, and dinks
Volleys, resets, and third shots are still in progress
Recommended for players who have moved beyond intro classes and feel comfortable in Experienced Beginner or Intermediate open play.
Intermediate
You play with intention and are developing a complete game.
You serve and return with purpose
You use the kitchen strategically
You can sustain dink rallies and identify attackable balls
You’re learning to reset and defend under pressure
Recommended for players who are comfortable in Intermediate open play and want more confidence with drops, volleys, and handling pace-heavy players.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Pickleball for Parkinson's (Player Registration)Pickleball for Parkinson’s (Player Registration)
Gotham Pickleball is now offering Pickleball for Parkinson's, a free program designed to bring the joy and benefits of pickleball to Parkinson’s patients.
The program was developed with input from players with Parkinson’s and experts in the field. Players with Parkinson’s are welcome to attend and to bring a guest.
Designed for beginners and more experienced players, participants will warm-up, stretch, drill, receive coaching, and play games.
Participants will find a supportive community of other players with Parkinson’s, as well as volunteers and allies.
The program will be led by Coach Terence Degnan, with support from other coaches and volunteers.
Paddles and balls will be available for use at no charge.
Volunteers are needed to help support players during game settings. Please sign up using the volunteers’ registration link.
Summer Camp Week 6 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Kids Camp Ages 6-9Kids Pickleball Camp (Ages 6–9)
Join us for a fun and engaging 1-week pickleball camp designed for young players of all skill levels.
Schedule:
Monday – Thursday | 9:00 AM – 1:00 PM
Program Includes:
2 hours of structured drills and skill development
2 hours of guided play sessions
Additional activities including ping pong, cornhole, and other games
Our program focuses on building fundamental skills, improving coordination, and creating a fun, social environment for kids to learn and enjoy the game.
Pricing:
$350 per child (per week)
Kids Camp Ages 10-14Kids Pickleball Camp (Ages 10-14)
Join us for a fun and engaging 1-week pickleball camp designed for young players of all skill levels.
Schedule:
Monday – Thursday | 9:00 AM – 1:00 PM
Program Includes:
2 hours of structured drills and skill development
2 hours of guided play sessions
Additional activities including ping pong, cornhole, and other games
Our program focuses on building fundamental skills, improving coordination, and creating a fun, social environment for kids to learn and enjoy the game.
Pricing:
$350 per child (per week)
Intro to Pickleball - FREEFree Intro to Pickleball at PickleRage
Curious about pickleball? Come experience it the PickleRage way. Our Free Intro to Pickleball session is a fun, welcoming introduction designed specifically for brand-new players.
PickleRage coaches will walk you through the fundamentals, including basic rules, scoring, equipment, and court positioning.
You will then transition into guided on-court play so you can immediately apply what you learn in a supportive, high-energy environment.
Paddles and balls are provided—show up ready to play and have fun.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Open Play (9:30am Off-Peak)Join others and play matches in a fun, social, and/or competitive environment. Stack your paddles in a line at the court you choose to play. There will be challenge courts (ie. winner stays on) and regular courts (4 on 4 off) for a variety of skill levels. We do not restrict our open sessions to a specific skill level - all levels are welcome. Please note, these sessions do not include balls or paddles. We separately offer paddles for rent, and balls for sale.
Cancellation/No-Show/Late Policy
Full refunds will be offered as club credits if you cancel at least 24 hours prior to event start time - no refunds for cancellations within 24 hours.
If you don't show up, and don't let us know ahead of time, we will remove you from all future open play sessions that you signed up for. This is to prevent people from doing "bulk signups" to reserve their slot and then not showing up. If you are unable to attend, you can always cancel or reschedule 24 hours prior to the event in your CourtReserve account (please cancel it yourself online, as emailing or calling us to cancel beyond the 24 hour deadline does not guarantee a successful cancellation because we may not get to your request in time). If you need to cancel due to an emergency within 24 hours of the starting time, emailing us at [email protected] is the best way to let us know.
If you come to an open play, please stay for at least half the session in order to avoid being counted as a "no-show". We are noticing that some people are booking two consecutive weekday sessions from 5:30pm - 10:30pm, then show up after 7pm when the majority of the 5:30pm session is already over. This is unfair to the many people on the waitlist who would have shown up much earlier and played the whole session.
If you are running more than 15 minutes late to the session, please let us know via email ([email protected]), or we will give your spot to someone else. Often times, we have people who are at the club already waiting for a spot, but people show up late, and we are unable to let them have the spot.
We hope this policy will reduce the number of no-shows, as we know that many people want to attend the open play. Please let us know if you have any questions or concerns.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Clinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with StrategyClinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with Strategy
Ever feel like you’re hitting solid shots but still losing points you should be winning? This six-week series will teach you how to play with intention instead of reacting. You’ll learn how to control the point from the serve and return, take command of the kitchen line, and place the ball to create pressure and force errors—so you’re dictating play rather than hoping for a mistake.Prerequisites: You should be able to execute basic shots (serve, return, drive, drop, volley, and dink) with some consistency or have completed Path to Intermediate Level 1. If you are unsure if this series is the right fit, please reach out.Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by theRacket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy:Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class
FREE Intro to Pickleball ClinicFREE Intro to Pickleball Clinic
Level: Beginner
Age: All
Gender: All
Clinic designed for beginners and newer players! This fun, low-pressure session will cover the basics of the game, including rules, scoring, court positioning, and fundamental shots. Our instructor will guide you through drills and live play to help you build confidence and start playing right away. No experience necessary.
Pickle School SeriesPickle School – Beginner Series (4 Weeks)
Ready to learn the game everyone is talking about? Pickle School 101 is a 4-week beginner series designed for new players with little or no pickleball experience.
Over four weekly classes, our certified PickleRage coaches will guide you through the fundamentals of pickleball in a fun, supportive environment. Players will learn the basic rules, scoring, court positioning, paddle skills, serving, returns, dinking, and movement patterns needed to begin playing confidently.
By the end of the series, you will understand how the game is played, be comfortable participating in beginner-level play, and be ready to advance to Pickle School 201.
What You'll Learn:
Rules and scoring
Court positioning and player movement
Grip and paddle control
Serve and return fundamentals
Dinking and net play basics
Introduction to strategy and game play
Perfect For:
Brand-new players
Players who have taken an Intro to Pickleball class
Anyone looking to build a strong foundation before joining open play or clinics
Pre-registration required.
Minimum of 2 players required to run the class.
Cancellations within 24 hours or no-shows will be charged the full amount.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Beginner Training ClinicBeginner Training Clinic (60 minutes)
Level: Beginner
Age: All
Gender: All
Clinic designed for beginners and newer players! This session focuses on learning the fundamentals of pickleball, including proper technique, basic shots, court positioning, and scoring. Our instructor will guide you through structured drills to help build confidence and develop a solid foundation for the game.
Rage Lab - Drop Like a BossOur Adult Clinics are dynamic, high-energy sessions designed to help players improve specific skills in a fun, focused, and social environment. Each 1-hour clinic features a rotating topic—such as Dinking Dominance, Drop Like a Boss, Mastering Serve & Return, Speed Ups & Counters, and more—so you can continually build and refine your game. Led by experienced coaches, these clinics combine clear instruction, purposeful drills, and live-ball play to ensure you’re not just learning techniques, but applying them in real-time situations. Perfect for players looking to sharpen their skills, gain confidence, and elevate their overall performance on the court.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Beginner+ Community Clinic brought to you by Mount Sinai Health CareImprove your skills and boost your spirits with this one-hour community clinic brought to you courtesy of Mount Sinai Health Care.
Our Beginner+ Community Clinic is geared towards players who know the basics and are looking to improve their game.
You will build your foundational skills, drill, and play games!
Program Details:
Four players per court
60-minute session
Free paddle rental included
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Advanced Intermediate / Advanced levels (3.7-4.2)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Mid-court Resets and Roll Volleys
This session will be dedicated to learning how to handle shots coming towards your feet in the mid-court, as well as how to effectively apply pressure when your opponents hit drop shots to you.
2. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to handle one coming at you.
3. Drop Shots and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line while maintaining potential to apply pressure during transition
4. Dinking and Cross Court Dinking
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate an effective attack on your opponents.
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Intermediate Drills and Guided PlayGuided Play (GP) is a program that provides real time instruction during games to players. The clinic is divided into a 45-50 minute drill session followed by 45 minutes of lightly competitive guided game play. The program helps players improve their skills in areas like:
Serving
Soft game at the net
Scoring
Partner movement
Volleys
Lobs
Third shot "drop shot"
Court Positioning
GP also allows players to meet and play with other players of similar levels.
Fix Your Game Clinic w/ TommyFix Your Game Clinic w/ Tommy
Every pickleball player has something they'd like to improve. The focus of this clinic will be determined by the players who attend, allowing us to target the skills that will have the greatest impact on your game. Whether it's lobs, dinking, resets, volleys, serves, returns, transition play, or another key skill, our coaches will tailor the instruction to meet the group's needs.
This clinic is open to all skill levels. There are no rating restrictions because improvement isn't tied to a specific level of play. If there's a part of your game you want to strengthen, this clinic is for you. Players will receive instruction, drills, and coaching feedback designed to help build confidence, consistency, and better on-court decision-making.
Come ready to learn, ask questions, and work on the skills that matter most to your game.
Junior Summer Camp (July 27 - July 31)Junior Summer Camp for Kids Ages 9-15
Proper attire required with sneakers
Bring a water bottle. Refill station is available
Bring snacks that are peanuts free
Pickleball paddles will be provided
Daily Camp Structure
Warm-up & agility games
Pickleball skills and drills
Snack / rest break
Game Play
Creative activities (chess, painting pickleballs, etc.)
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Kids Summer Camp - 5th to 8th Grade5-day camp that teaches kids in 5th-8th grade how to play pickleball.
Join us for an exciting Kids Pickleball Camp at Prestige Pickleball Club! Our summer camp will run in the afternoons from 1pm - 4pm, offering a comprehensive program focused on understanding the fundamentals of pickleball. Under the expert guidance of a Certified Pickleball Instructor who is also CPR Certified, campers will engage in a variety of activities aimed at developing their skills and understanding of the game. Each day will begin with warm-ups and stretching, preparing campers for the day's activities. Campers will then dive into core skills such as serving and returning, dinking, ground strokes, lobs, shot selection, net play, Partner Positioning, blocks and volley, and more. Through a combination of skills and drills, campers will have the opportunity to practice and refine their techniques. A provided snack, that is peanut-free, will keep campers fueled and refreshed. The camp will also include game play, allowing campers to apply their skills in a fun and supportive environment.
All equipment will be provided.
*The minimum number of children required per week is 8. If the registrations for any week fall below this minimum, we will notify you two weeks before the start of camp. To receive a full refund, cancellations must be received two weeks before the start of camp.
Open Play (1pm Off-Peak)Join others and play matches in a fun, social, and/or competitive environment. Stack your paddles in a line at the court you choose to play. There will be challenge courts (ie. winner stays on) and regular courts (4 on 4 off) for a variety of skill levels. We do not restrict our open sessions to a specific skill level - all levels are welcome. Please note, these sessions do not include balls or paddles. We separately offer paddles for rent, and balls for sale.
Cancellation/No-Show/Late Policy
Full refunds will be offered as club credits if you cancel at least 24 hours prior to event start time - no refunds for cancellations within 24 hours.
If you don't show up, and don't let us know ahead of time, we will remove you from all future open play sessions that you signed up for. This is to prevent people from doing "bulk signups" to reserve their slot and then not showing up. If you are unable to attend, you can always cancel or reschedule 24 hours prior to the event in your CourtReserve account (please cancel it yourself online, as emailing or calling us to cancel beyond the 24 hour deadline does not guarantee a successful cancellation because we may not get to your request in time). If you need to cancel due to an emergency within 24 hours of the starting time, emailing us at [email protected] is the best way to let us know.
If you come to an open play, please stay for at least half the session in order to avoid being counted as a "no-show". We are noticing that some people are booking two consecutive weekday sessions from 5:30pm - 10:30pm, then show up after 7pm when the majority of the 5:30pm session is already over. This is unfair to the many people on the waitlist who would have shown up much earlier and played the whole session.
If you are running more than 15 minutes late to the session, please let us know via email ([email protected]), or we will give your spot to someone else. Often times, we have people who are at the club already waiting for a spot, but people show up late, and we are unable to let them have the spot.
We hope this policy will reduce the number of no-shows, as we know that many people want to attend the open play. Please let us know if you have any questions or concerns.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Intermediate DrillsIntermediate Drills (60 minutes)
Level: Intermediate
Age: All
Gender: All
For players with solid fundamentals who want to take their game to the next level. This clinic focuses on improving consistency, strategy, court awareness, and advanced shot techniques through structured drills and coaching.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
4 Week Clinic for IntermediateThis 4-week clinic series is for Intermediate players who are ready to take their game to the next level.
Clinic Schedule
With our coach and 4 other students, you’ll learn the following:
Week 1: how to reliably get to the kitchen (serves, drives, drops, drips, resets)
Week 2: how to stop your opponents getting to the kitchen (returns, 4th shot decision making, drive tolerance, flicks/rolls)
Week 3: How to win once you’re at the kitchen (speedups + dinking patterns)
Week 4: How to be ready for your opponents game plan in the kitchen. (Counters + dinking patterns+ finishing pieces)
Each class will be 1.5 hours long, with a combination of coach-guided drills and demonstrations!
If you were to sign up, it is a commitment to the 4-Week clinic series. If you cannot attend a class, please let your coach know before hand.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations
Guided Drills with Coach AmandaGuided Drills with Coach Amanda
This Drill session is targeted at Intermediate level players who want to take their game to the next level.
Players will spend the hour focusing on shot specific drills (e.g., dinks, drops, volleys, drives, etc.) guided by Coach Amanda.
Amanda will pair up and rotate players based on skill level.
Players may register with a specific drill partner and choose to not rotate if desired.
Max players per court: 4
Cancellation Policy: Full refund until 24 hours before the session starts. Cancellations within 24 hours will be subject to a full charge.
Low Enrollment Cancellation: We will cancel sessions that do not have a sufficient number of players by 8pm the prior evening
Open Play (3pm Off-Peak)Join others and play matches in a fun, social, and/or competitive environment. Stack your paddles in a line at the court you choose to play. There will be challenge courts (ie. winner stays on) and regular courts (4 on 4 off) for a variety of skill levels. We do not restrict our open sessions to a specific skill level - all levels are welcome. Please note, these sessions do not include balls or paddles. We separately offer paddles for rent, and balls for sale.
Cancellation/No-Show/Late Policy
Full refunds will be offered as club credits if you cancel at least 24 hours prior to event start time - no refunds for cancellations within 24 hours.
If you don't show up, and don't let us know ahead of time, we will remove you from all future open play sessions that you signed up for. This is to prevent people from doing "bulk signups" to reserve their slot and then not showing up. If you are unable to attend, you can always cancel or reschedule 24 hours prior to the event in your CourtReserve account (please cancel it yourself online, as emailing or calling us to cancel beyond the 24 hour deadline does not guarantee a successful cancellation because we may not get to your request in time). If you need to cancel due to an emergency within 24 hours of the starting time, emailing us at [email protected] is the best way to let us know.
If you come to an open play, please stay for at least half the session in order to avoid being counted as a "no-show". We are noticing that some people are booking two consecutive weekday sessions from 5:30pm - 10:30pm, then show up after 7pm when the majority of the 5:30pm session is already over. This is unfair to the many people on the waitlist who would have shown up much earlier and played the whole session.
If you are running more than 15 minutes late to the session, please let us know via email ([email protected]), or we will give your spot to someone else. Often times, we have people who are at the club already waiting for a spot, but people show up late, and we are unable to let them have the spot.
We hope this policy will reduce the number of no-shows, as we know that many people want to attend the open play. Please let us know if you have any questions or concerns.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Adult Intermediate Clinic - 6 Weeks ClinicIntermediate clinics are designed to help players take their game to the next level.
In this 6 weeks clinic, we will cover
Aggressive Serves & Returns (Power and Placement)
Generate Topspin and Backspin on Forehand & Backhand
Volley Variations, Roll, Punch, Flick, Dink
Aggressive 3rd Shot Drop
Lobs and Overhead
Dink with Speed Ups and Counters
Junior Academy (Ages 5-13)Junior Academy (Ages 5-13)
This fun and engaging 6-week program introduces young players to pickleball through a new skill focus each week. Players will learn the basics—grip, movement, serves, returns, and simple rallying—through games, drills, and guided play designed specifically for this age group. The goal is to build confidence, coordination, and a love for the game in a positive, high-energy environment where kids can learn, play, and have fun.
4 Week Clinic for BeginnersThis 4-week clinic series is for Beginners who are ready to take their game to the next level.
If you are a Beginner who doesn’t know the rules yet, please join one of our Intro to Pickleball clinics!
Clinic Schedule
With our coach and 4 other students, you’ll learn the following:
Positioning - Ensuring you are positioned correctly to make proper contact with the ball.
Split Stepping - Stabilizing yourself before the shot.
Drives - How to hit the ball deep with more consistency, on your serves and in rallies.
Forehand Dinks - how to keep the ball in play at the kitchen line
Each class will be 1.5 hours long, with a combination of Coach guided drills and demonstrations!
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Teen Aces (grade 6-8)Join Our Spring 6-Week Junior Program Session!
Are you ready to unlock your child’s potential? Our Junior Program is designed to inspire, educate, and empower young minds. Our philosophy of “become your best self” is delivered through our state-of-the-art pickleball strategies and fundamentals by our top-level professional coaches.
Program Highlights:
Interactive Learning: Engaging activities that make learning fun and effective.
Expert Instructors: Experienced Pickleball Professionals dedicated to your child’s growth.
Creative Projects: Hands-on athletic projects that spark creativity and innovation.
Safe Environment: A supportive and safe space for all participants.
Why Choose Us?
Holistic Development: Focus on personal, social, and emotional growth.
Personalized Attention: Small class sizes for individualized learning. Maximum of 10 kids per session.
Community Building: Opportunities to make new friends and build lasting relationships.
Register Today! Spaces are limited. Don’t miss out on this incredible opportunity to give your child a head start.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Low Intermediate Drills and Guided PlayGuided Play (GP) is a program that provides real time instruction during games to players. The clinic is divided into a 45-50 minute drill session followed by 45 minutes of lightly competitive guided game play. The program helps players improve their skills in areas like:
Serving
Soft game at the net
Scoring
Partner movement
Volleys
Lobs
Third shot "drop shot"
Court Positioning
GP also allows players to meet and play with other players of similar lev
Pre-Register: ACDMY | Exp Beginner OR Intermediate | ThursdaysPKLYN Experienced Beginner or Intermediate ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Thursdays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 16
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to Experienced Beginner and Intermediate players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
Experienced Beginner
You’re past the basics and ready to build strategy and shot selection.
You understand scoring, positioning, and core rules
You’re developing consistency on serves, returns, and dinks
Volleys, resets, and third shots are still in progress
Recommended for players who have moved beyond intro classes and feel comfortable in Experienced Beginner or Intermediate open play.
Intermediate
You play with intention and are developing a complete game.
You serve and return with purpose
You use the kitchen strategically
You can sustain dink rallies and identify attackable balls
You’re learning to reset and defend under pressure
Recommended for players who are comfortable in Intermediate open play and want more confidence with drops, volleys, and handling pace-heavy players.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
FREE Intro to Pickleball ClinicFREE Intro to Pickleball Clinic
Level: Beginner
Age: All
Gender: All
Clinic designed for beginners and newer players! This fun, low-pressure session will cover the basics of the game, including rules, scoring, court positioning, and fundamental shots. Our instructor will guide you through drills and live play to help you build confidence and start playing right away. No experience necessary.
Pickle School SeriesPickle School – Beginner Series (4 Weeks)
Ready to learn the game everyone is talking about? Pickle School 101 is a 4-week beginner series designed for new players with little or no pickleball experience.
Over four weekly classes, our certified PickleRage coaches will guide you through the fundamentals of pickleball in a fun, supportive environment. Players will learn the basic rules, scoring, court positioning, paddle skills, serving, returns, dinking, and movement patterns needed to begin playing confidently.
By the end of the series, you will understand how the game is played, be comfortable participating in beginner-level play, and be ready to advance to Pickle School 201.
What You'll Learn:
Rules and scoring
Court positioning and player movement
Grip and paddle control
Serve and return fundamentals
Dinking and net play basics
Introduction to strategy and game play
Perfect For:
Brand-new players
Players who have taken an Intro to Pickleball class
Anyone looking to build a strong foundation before joining open play or clinics
Pre-registration required.
Minimum of 2 players required to run the class.
Cancellations within 24 hours or no-shows will be charged the full amount.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Ready, Set, Reset! Advanced Beginner Clinic with Coach SzeReady, Set, Reset! Advanced Beginner Clinic with Coach Sze
Members $48 | Non-Members $60
Description
Join Coach Sze for a small-group clinic designed for newer players who are starting to feel comfortable with the basics and are ready to level up their game. This session focuses on practical skills, simple strategy improvements, and key habits that help beginners transition into more confident, consistent players.
Players will receive hands-on guidance, live feedback, and targeted instruction to help improve shot execution, court awareness, and overall decision-making.
Best Fit for This Session
This clinic is designed for advanced beginners who already understand the basic rules of pickleball and have some experience playing full games.
You should be comfortable with scoring and able to sustain short rallies. This session is ideal if you're ready to move beyond just “getting the ball in” and start learning how to play with more control, intention, and consistency.
If you are brand new to pickleball, a beginner intro clinic may be a better starting point.
How Games Run
* Small-group clinic format led by Coach Sze.
* Focus on drills, live-ball repetition, and guided gameplay.
* Maximum 6 players per court.
* Emphasis on improving core skills such as dinking, serving consistency, return of serve, and basic positioning.
* Coach Sze will provide real-time corrections, tips, and simple tactical guidance throughout the session.
* Players will rotate frequently through drill stations and point-play scenarios.
This is a development-focused session designed to build confidence and reinforce strong fundamentals through repetition and coaching feedback.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
INSTRUCTIONAL LEAGUE: ADVANCED BEGINNER (6/4-8/20) 12 WEEKSInstructional Leagues
Max 10 players, 2 courts
Two hours unless otherwise noted
One hour of instructor led drills and one hour of supervised play
League stats maintained
Advanced Beginner(2.5-3.0): You know the basic rules and how to keep score but want to improve your consistency and technique. You’re starting to understand shot selection and dinking. Our instructional leagues and lesson series focus on shots that help you sustain longer rallies, hit moderate-paced shots and start thinking about strategies.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.
Intro to Pickleball - FREEFree Intro to Pickleball at PickleRage
Curious about pickleball? Come experience it the PickleRage way. Our Free Intro to Pickleball session is a fun, welcoming introduction designed specifically for brand-new players.
PickleRage coaches will walk you through the fundamentals, including basic rules, scoring, equipment, and court positioning.
You will then transition into guided on-court play so you can immediately apply what you learn in a supportive, high-energy environment.
Paddles and balls are provided—show up ready to play and have fun.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Beginner Training ClinicBeginner Training Clinic (60 minutes)
Level: Beginner
Age: All
Gender: All
Clinic designed for beginners and newer players! This session focuses on learning the fundamentals of pickleball, including proper technique, basic shots, court positioning, and scoring. Our instructor will guide you through structured drills to help build confidence and develop a solid foundation for the game.
High Intermediate Drills and Guided PlayThis 90 minute Guided Play Clinic is for High intermediate level players that provides real time instruction during games. The clinic is divided into a 45-50 minute drill session followed by 45 minutes of competitive guided game play. The program helps players improve their skills in areas like:
Serving
Soft game at the net
Strategy
Volleys
Lobs
Third shot "drop shot"
Court Positioning
GP also allows players to meet and play with other players of similar levels.
Guided Open PlayGuided Open Play is the perfect bridge between learning the game and jumping into regular play. Designed for beginner and early intermediate players, these sessions are led by a coach who helps organize courts, match players by level, and provide light instruction along the way. Players will rotate through games, receive helpful tips and positioning guidance, and build confidence in a supportive, social environment. It’s a great way to reinforce skills from clinics, meet new players, and get comfortable with the flow of open play—without the pressure.
Whether you’re just getting started or looking to sharpen your fundamentals, Guided Open Play helps you learn, play, and improve all at once.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Summer Rage Academy (Adult)Summer Rage Academy
4 Weeks • 90 Minutes Per Week
Take your game to the next level with the Summer Rage Academy, a 4-week training series for adult players looking to improve their skills, strategy, and match play performance.
Each 90-minute session combines instruction, drills, coached play, and game-based learning focused on the shots and situations you use most in doubles play. Topics include dinking, drops, volleys, transitions, court positioning, and strategy.
Perfect for players who want more than open play and are committed to improving their game.
Pre-registration required.
Minimum of 3 players required
Cancellations within 24 hours or no-shows will be charged the full amount.
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Summer Camp Week 6 Afternoon SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Pre-Register: ACDMY | Exp Beginner OR Intermediate | FridaysPKLYN Experienced Beginner or Intermediate ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Fridays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 17
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to Experienced Beginner and Intermediate players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
Experienced Beginner
You’re past the basics and ready to build strategy and shot selection.
You understand scoring, positioning, and core rules
You’re developing consistency on serves, returns, and dinks
Volleys, resets, and third shots are still in progress
Recommended for players who have moved beyond intro classes and feel comfortable in Experienced Beginner or Intermediate open play.
Intermediate
You play with intention and are developing a complete game.
You serve and return with purpose
You use the kitchen strategically
You can sustain dink rallies and identify attackable balls
You’re learning to reset and defend under pressure
Recommended for players who are comfortable in Intermediate open play and want more confidence with drops, volleys, and handling pace-heavy players.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Kids Camp Ages 6-9Kids Pickleball Camp (Ages 6–9)
Join us for a fun and engaging 1-week pickleball camp designed for young players of all skill levels.
Schedule:
Monday – Thursday | 9:00 AM – 1:00 PM
Program Includes:
2 hours of structured drills and skill development
2 hours of guided play sessions
Additional activities including ping pong, cornhole, and other games
Our program focuses on building fundamental skills, improving coordination, and creating a fun, social environment for kids to learn and enjoy the game.
Pricing:
$350 per child (per week)
Kids Camp Ages 10-14Kids Pickleball Camp (Ages 10-14)
Join us for a fun and engaging 1-week pickleball camp designed for young players of all skill levels.
Schedule:
Monday – Thursday | 9:00 AM – 1:00 PM
Program Includes:
2 hours of structured drills and skill development
2 hours of guided play sessions
Additional activities including ping pong, cornhole, and other games
Our program focuses on building fundamental skills, improving coordination, and creating a fun, social environment for kids to learn and enjoy the game.
Pricing:
$350 per child (per week)
Summer Camp Week 6 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Open Play (9:30am Off-Peak)Join others and play matches in a fun, social, and/or competitive environment. Stack your paddles in a line at the court you choose to play. There will be challenge courts (ie. winner stays on) and regular courts (4 on 4 off) for a variety of skill levels. We do not restrict our open sessions to a specific skill level - all levels are welcome. Please note, these sessions do not include balls or paddles. We separately offer paddles for rent, and balls for sale.
Cancellation/No-Show/Late Policy
Full refunds will be offered as club credits if you cancel at least 24 hours prior to event start time - no refunds for cancellations within 24 hours.
If you don't show up, and don't let us know ahead of time, we will remove you from all future open play sessions that you signed up for. This is to prevent people from doing "bulk signups" to reserve their slot and then not showing up. If you are unable to attend, you can always cancel or reschedule 24 hours prior to the event in your CourtReserve account (please cancel it yourself online, as emailing or calling us to cancel beyond the 24 hour deadline does not guarantee a successful cancellation because we may not get to your request in time). If you need to cancel due to an emergency within 24 hours of the starting time, emailing us at [email protected] is the best way to let us know.
If you come to an open play, please stay for at least half the session in order to avoid being counted as a "no-show". We are noticing that some people are booking two consecutive weekday sessions from 5:30pm - 10:30pm, then show up after 7pm when the majority of the 5:30pm session is already over. This is unfair to the many people on the waitlist who would have shown up much earlier and played the whole session.
If you are running more than 15 minutes late to the session, please let us know via email ([email protected]), or we will give your spot to someone else. Often times, we have people who are at the club already waiting for a spot, but people show up late, and we are unable to let them have the spot.
We hope this policy will reduce the number of no-shows, as we know that many people want to attend the open play. Please let us know if you have any questions or concerns.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Clinic - Intro to PickleballIntroduction to Pickleball
This Intro to Pickleball Clinic will cover the rules and basic principles of Pickleball, such as scoring, serving, return of serve, court positioning, dinking, and volleying. The final half hour of the clinic will be used to play supervised games.
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
There will be a 4 to 1 player to coach ratio (or less) for this clinic.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund until 24 hours before the session starts. Cancellations within 24 hours will be subject to a full charge.
Low Enrollment Cancellation: Clinic will run
Rage Lab - Play with The ProTake your game beyond drills and into real match situations with Play with the Pro. Limited to just 3 players, this unique session gives you the opportunity to play alongside and against a PickleRage teaching professional in live game scenarios.
Receive on-court coaching, strategy tips, shot selection guidance, positioning feedback, and tactical advice as points are being played. Learn how advanced players think, move, and construct points while gaining valuable insight you can immediately apply to your own game.
Maximum 3 players • High coach interaction • Live play coaching • All levels welcome
173 Huguenot St floor 2, New Rochelle, NY 10801, USA
Intermediate Community Clinic brought to you by Mount SinaiImprove your skills and boost your spirits with this one-hour community clinic brought to you courtesy of Mount Sinai Health System.
Our Intermediate Clinic is geared towards players who have mastered the fundamentals and are looking to take their game to the next level.
You’ll work on court positioning, strategy, skill development, and teamwork.
Program Details:
Four players per court
One instructor
60-minute session
Free paddle rental included
Price: $20
Cancellation Policy: Full refund until 24 hours before the session starts. No-shows or cancellations within 24 hours are subject to a
Pre-Register: ACDMY | Exp Beginner OR Intermediate | FridaysPKLYN Experienced Beginner or Intermediate ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Fridays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 17
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to Experienced Beginner and Intermediate players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
Experienced Beginner
You’re past the basics and ready to build strategy and shot selection.
You understand scoring, positioning, and core rules
You’re developing consistency on serves, returns, and dinks
Volleys, resets, and third shots are still in progress
Recommended for players who have moved beyond intro classes and feel comfortable in Experienced Beginner or Intermediate open play.
Intermediate
You play with intention and are developing a complete game.
You serve and return with purpose
You use the kitchen strategically
You can sustain dink rallies and identify attackable balls
You’re learning to reset and defend under pressure
Recommended for players who are comfortable in Intermediate open play and want more confidence with drops, volleys, and handling pace-heavy players.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Beginner+ Community Clinic brought to you by Mount Sinai Health CareImprove your skills and boost your spirits with this one-hour community clinic brought to you courtesy of Mount Sinai Health Care.
Our Beginner+ Community Clinic is geared towards players who know the basics and are looking to improve their game.
You will build your foundational skills, drill, and play games!
Program Details:
Four players per court
60-minute session
Free paddle rental included
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Kids Summer Camp - 5th to 8th Grade5-day camp that teaches kids in 5th-8th grade how to play pickleball.
Join us for an exciting Kids Pickleball Camp at Prestige Pickleball Club! Our summer camp will run in the afternoons from 1pm - 4pm, offering a comprehensive program focused on understanding the fundamentals of pickleball. Under the expert guidance of a Certified Pickleball Instructor who is also CPR Certified, campers will engage in a variety of activities aimed at developing their skills and understanding of the game. Each day will begin with warm-ups and stretching, preparing campers for the day's activities. Campers will then dive into core skills such as serving and returning, dinking, ground strokes, lobs, shot selection, net play, Partner Positioning, blocks and volley, and more. Through a combination of skills and drills, campers will have the opportunity to practice and refine their techniques. A provided snack, that is peanut-free, will keep campers fueled and refreshed. The camp will also include game play, allowing campers to apply their skills in a fun and supportive environment.
All equipment will be provided.
*The minimum number of children required per week is 8. If the registrations for any week fall below this minimum, we will notify you two weeks before the start of camp. To receive a full refund, cancellations must be received two weeks before the start of camp.
Junior Summer Camp (July 27 - July 31)Junior Summer Camp for Kids Ages 9-15
Proper attire required with sneakers
Bring a water bottle. Refill station is available
Bring snacks that are peanuts free
Pickleball paddles will be provided
Daily Camp Structure
Warm-up & agility games
Pickleball skills and drills
Snack / rest break
Game Play
Creative activities (chess, painting pickleballs, etc.)
Pre-Register: ACDMY | Exp Beginner OR Intermediate | FridaysPKLYN Experienced Beginner or Intermediate ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Fridays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 17
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to Experienced Beginner and Intermediate players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
Experienced Beginner
You’re past the basics and ready to build strategy and shot selection.
You understand scoring, positioning, and core rules
You’re developing consistency on serves, returns, and dinks
Volleys, resets, and third shots are still in progress
Recommended for players who have moved beyond intro classes and feel comfortable in Experienced Beginner or Intermediate open play.
Intermediate
You play with intention and are developing a complete game.
You serve and return with purpose
You use the kitchen strategically
You can sustain dink rallies and identify attackable balls
You’re learning to reset and defend under pressure
Recommended for players who are comfortable in Intermediate open play and want more confidence with drops, volleys, and handling pace-heavy players.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Open Play (1pm Off-Peak)Join others and play matches in a fun, social, and/or competitive environment. Stack your paddles in a line at the court you choose to play. There will be challenge courts (ie. winner stays on) and regular courts (4 on 4 off) for a variety of skill levels. We do not restrict our open sessions to a specific skill level - all levels are welcome. Please note, these sessions do not include balls or paddles. We separately offer paddles for rent, and balls for sale.
Cancellation/No-Show/Late Policy
Full refunds will be offered as club credits if you cancel at least 24 hours prior to event start time - no refunds for cancellations within 24 hours.
If you don't show up, and don't let us know ahead of time, we will remove you from all future open play sessions that you signed up for. This is to prevent people from doing "bulk signups" to reserve their slot and then not showing up. If you are unable to attend, you can always cancel or reschedule 24 hours prior to the event in your CourtReserve account (please cancel it yourself online, as emailing or calling us to cancel beyond the 24 hour deadline does not guarantee a successful cancellation because we may not get to your request in time). If you need to cancel due to an emergency within 24 hours of the starting time, emailing us at [email protected] is the best way to let us know.
If you come to an open play, please stay for at least half the session in order to avoid being counted as a "no-show". We are noticing that some people are booking two consecutive weekday sessions from 5:30pm - 10:30pm, then show up after 7pm when the majority of the 5:30pm session is already over. This is unfair to the many people on the waitlist who would have shown up much earlier and played the whole session.
If you are running more than 15 minutes late to the session, please let us know via email ([email protected]), or we will give your spot to someone else. Often times, we have people who are at the club already waiting for a spot, but people show up late, and we are unable to let them have the spot.
We hope this policy will reduce the number of no-shows, as we know that many people want to attend the open play. Please let us know if you have any questions or concerns.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Open Play (3pm Off-Peak)Join others and play matches in a fun, social, and/or competitive environment. Stack your paddles in a line at the court you choose to play. There will be challenge courts (ie. winner stays on) and regular courts (4 on 4 off) for a variety of skill levels. We do not restrict our open sessions to a specific skill level - all levels are welcome. Please note, these sessions do not include balls or paddles. We separately offer paddles for rent, and balls for sale.
Cancellation/No-Show/Late Policy
Full refunds will be offered as club credits if you cancel at least 24 hours prior to event start time - no refunds for cancellations within 24 hours.
If you don't show up, and don't let us know ahead of time, we will remove you from all future open play sessions that you signed up for. This is to prevent people from doing "bulk signups" to reserve their slot and then not showing up. If you are unable to attend, you can always cancel or reschedule 24 hours prior to the event in your CourtReserve account (please cancel it yourself online, as emailing or calling us to cancel beyond the 24 hour deadline does not guarantee a successful cancellation because we may not get to your request in time). If you need to cancel due to an emergency within 24 hours of the starting time, emailing us at [email protected] is the best way to let us know.
If you come to an open play, please stay for at least half the session in order to avoid being counted as a "no-show". We are noticing that some people are booking two consecutive weekday sessions from 5:30pm - 10:30pm, then show up after 7pm when the majority of the 5:30pm session is already over. This is unfair to the many people on the waitlist who would have shown up much earlier and played the whole session.
If you are running more than 15 minutes late to the session, please let us know via email ([email protected]), or we will give your spot to someone else. Often times, we have people who are at the club already waiting for a spot, but people show up late, and we are unable to let them have the spot.
We hope this policy will reduce the number of no-shows, as we know that many people want to attend the open play. Please let us know if you have any questions or concerns.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Pre-Register: ACDMY | High Int OR Advanced | FridaysPKLYN High Intermediate or Advanced ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Fridays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 17
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to High Intermediate and Advanced players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
High Intermediate
Typical DUPR: 3.3+
Play with pace and anticipation.
Control direction and tempo during dink exchanges.
Defend speed-ups and transition effectively.
Attack out of the air when opportunities arise.
Understand positioning, targeting, and point construction.
Recommended for players who regularly compete in higher-level open play or leagues and want to improve consistency, decision-making, and execution under pressure.
Advanced
Typical DUPR: 3.75+
Play a disciplined, high-level game.
Dictate points through placement, pressure, and patience.
Handle fast hands exchanges and extended dink battles.
Value structure, repetition, and high-quality reps.
Recommended for players who compete at the top of PKLYN High Intermediate or within Advanced Open Play and are focused on refining execution, strategy, and tournament performance.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Pre-Register: ACDMY | High Int OR Advanced | FridaysPKLYN High Intermediate or Advanced ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Fridays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 17
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to High Intermediate and Advanced players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
High Intermediate
Typical DUPR: 3.3+
Play with pace and anticipation.
Control direction and tempo during dink exchanges.
Defend speed-ups and transition effectively.
Attack out of the air when opportunities arise.
Understand positioning, targeting, and point construction.
Recommended for players who regularly compete in higher-level open play or leagues and want to improve consistency, decision-making, and execution under pressure.
Advanced
Typical DUPR: 3.75+
Play a disciplined, high-level game.
Dictate points through placement, pressure, and patience.
Handle fast hands exchanges and extended dink battles.
Value structure, repetition, and high-quality reps.
Recommended for players who compete at the top of PKLYN High Intermediate or within Advanced Open Play and are focused on refining execution, strategy, and tournament performance.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Tune-up Series with Coach VanTune-Up Series with Coach Van (3 weeks, 2.75+)
Note: we recommend signing up for this series with a partner. If you do not have a partner but are interested in the series, please email [email protected] and we will help you find someone.
Control the Rally | Point ConstructionBuild a better understanding of how to control points with intention.This 3-session Tune-Up combines drilling + guided play to help players connect shots, recognize patterns, and make better decisions during real gameplay.Players will work through all areas of the court:
Baseline control
Transition (mid court)
Net play and finishing
The series introduces simple concepts like Serve + 1 and Return + 1, helping players understand how one shot sets up the next. Led by Coach Van, this approach draws from a tennis background to simplify point construction and help players better understand cause and effect during rallies.
Who This Is For
Fixed partners with DUPR 2.75–3.5
Players looking to improve rally awareness and decision-making
Players with consistent fundamentals, tennis background, and good mobility
Players ready to move beyond isolated drills and learn how to build points in real play (edited)
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class.
Queer Pickle Open PlayJoin us for our Queer Pickleball Open Play!
Designed to welcome players of all levels, Queer Pickleball will be a social open play, with opportunities to mingle, chat, and play with a variety of players. This Open Play will be hosted to facilitate the rotation and a positive court experience.
Program Details:
Attendance will be capped at 8:1 player to court ratio
Games played first to 11 or capped at 15 minutes
Court shoes required
Cancellation Policy: Full refund until 24 hours before the session starts. No-shows or cancellations within 24 hours are subject to a full charge.
Low Sign Up Cancel: Open Play sessions may be cancelled up to 3 hours prior if there are not at least four (4) sign ups. You will not be charged and will be notified of the cancellation.
INSTRUCTIONAL LEAGUE: (LOW) INTERMEDIATE (6/5-8/21 ) 12 WEEKSInstructional Leagues
Max 10 players, 2 courts
Two hours unless otherwise noted
One hour of instructor led drills and one hour of supervised play
League stats maintained
Low Intermediate: You have moved from Advanced Beginner to Low Intermediate by improving your consistency when you play. You understand more about shot selection and try to hit the ball with more direction and purpose but you aren't always able to achieve that. You find that your points are lasting longer and you are starting to understand point progression.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.
7/11 Drills By Sahana | 3.5+7/11
Members FREE | Non-Members $20
Description
Join Player Advisor Sahana for a focused skill-building session featuring 7/11 drills and other targeted training exercises designed to improve specific areas of your pickleball game. This session blends structured repetition with live-ball scenarios to help players build consistency, improve decision-making, and strengthen key technical skills.
Each session will emphasize intentional practice through high-rep drills and situational play, giving players clear feedback points and actionable improvements they can take into match play.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is recommended for players at a 3.0+ skill level who are comfortable with basic pickleball fundamentals and are ready to refine technique, improve shot quality, and develop more consistent execution under pressure.
Players should be familiar with scoring, doubles positioning, and core shots such as dinks, drives, volleys, and returns.
How Games Run
* Skill-focused drill session led by Player Advisor Sahana.
* Rotating drills and additional targeted skill exercises.
* Maximum 6 players per court.
* Emphasis on repetition, controlled practice, and situational live-ball scenarios.
* Players will rotate frequently to maximize reps and feedback opportunities.
This session is designed to help players build consistency and translate skills into match play.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
From Zero to HeroWhat Makes It Special
“Zero to Hero” isn’t just a clinic — it’s a journey. It’s about turning doubt into discipline and turning every missed shot into motivation. Under Coach’s guidance, players experience the mindset, movement, and mastery that move them from casual play to confident competition.
Who this clinic is designed for
This program is built for players who are ready to level up — mentally and physically. Whether you’re new to structured training or fighting a plateau, this clinic gives you the tools and confidence to rise.
Primary Focus
The core focus is progress and purpose — developing consistency, positioning, and power while building a champion’s mindset. Every drill is designed to build toward real match readiness.
Moments where frustration turns into flow. That’s the magic of this clinic — every challenge has a breakthrough waiting just past it.
Duration
Each “Zero to Hero” session runs 2 hours — a deep dive into high-intensity training balanced with technical refinement and focused match play. If only one participant, one hour session with Free Open Play.
Ideal For
Players who crave growth, confidence, and transformation — anyone ready to rewrite their pickleball story from the ground up.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
INSTRUCTIONAL LEAGUE: (LOW) INTERMEDIATE to INT (6/27-9/5 ) NO 7/4... 10 WEEKSInstructional Leagues
Max 10 players, 2 courts
Two hours unless otherwise noted
One hour of instructor led drills and one hour of supervised play
League stats maintained
Low Intermediate: You have moved from Advanced Beginner to Low Intermediate by improving your consistency when you play. You understand more about shot selection and try to hit the ball with more direction and purpose but you aren't always able to achieve that. You find that your points are lasting longer and you are starting to understand point progression.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Intro to PickleballWho Should Join
This clinic is perfect for complete beginners or anyone who's only played a handful of times. No experience necessary, just bring comfortable athletic clothes and court shoes. We'll provide the paddles and balls.
What You'll Learn
We'll cover all the fundamentals to get you playing confidently: basic rules and scoring, proper grip and paddle positioning, serving and returning, groundstrokes from the baseline, and an introduction to the kitchen (non-volley zone). By the end of the session, you'll understand the flow of the game and be ready to jump into open play.
Clinic Structure
The session combines brief demonstrations, guided drilling, and live play so you can immediately apply what you're learning. Our coach keeps things fun and low-pressure while making sure you walk away with a solid foundation.
What to Bring
Athletic shoes, water, and a positive attitude. Paddles are provided, but feel free to bring your own if you have one.
Questions?
Email [email protected] or message Shaggy directly in the PodPlay community chat.
Beginner Drill for 60, Play for 30 Coach GuidedBeginner Drill for 60, Play for 30 Coach Guided
Spend the first hour in structured, coach-led drilling designed to sharpen your game. You'll work through consistency, shot placement, team communication, and live-point patterns alongside your crew in a focused, high-rep environment.
The second hour is all open play. Take everything you just drilled and put it to the test in real matchups, rotating partners, and relaxed competitive flow.
It's the ideal format for players who want purposeful practice without sacrificing the fun: competitive, social, and built to make you better.
Lounge Access: Feel free to hangout and enjoy the off-court facility for the same duration as your reservation.
Check-In: Please arrive on time so we can begin promptly and check-in when entering the building. Late fees may apply for those who arrive more than 10 min late.
Cleanliness Policy: At Velto we want you to feel at home, so we ask you to please treat it as such. We have made sure to make Velto a place where you can relax and have fun at the same time. So please avoid leaving the balls and trash scattered around the facility after your session. There are ball baskets and trash bins around the courts and lounges for your convenience.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund when you cancel 12+ hours before the start of your session.
Low Enrollment Cancellation: We will cancel sessions that do not have a minimum of 3 players 2 hours before the event start time. You will not be charged and will receive a notice of the cancellation via email.
Clinic Series - Path to Intermediate Level 2Clinic Series (7 classes) - Path to Intermediate, Level 2
The Level 2 Path to Intermediate clinic series is designed for players who have several months of pickleball experience, have participated in open plays at the advanced beginner or low intermediate level, and are looking to progress to a higher level of play. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 101 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke, but will approach the skills from a more advanced starting point than the Level 1 Path to Intermediate series. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
During the final week, the instructor will perform a DUPR assessment for all members of the class and provide you with a provisional DUPR rating (if you don’t have one already)
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment
Clinic Series - Path to Intermediate Level 1Clinic Series (7 classes) - Path to Intermediate, Level 1
The Level 1 Path to Intermediate clinic series is designed for players who have completed an Intro to Pickleball class and are looking to progress to an intermediate level of play. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 101 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
During the final week, the instructor will perform a DUPR assessment for all members of the class and provide you with a provisional DUPR rating (if you don’t have one already)
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class.
From Zero to HeroWhat Makes It Special
“Zero to Hero” isn’t just a clinic — it’s a journey. It’s about turning doubt into discipline and turning every missed shot into motivation. Under Coach’s guidance, players experience the mindset, movement, and mastery that move them from casual play to confident competition.
Who this clinic is designed for
This program is built for players who are ready to level up — mentally and physically. Whether you’re new to structured training or fighting a plateau, this clinic gives you the tools and confidence to rise.
Primary Focus
The core focus is progress and purpose — developing consistency, positioning, and power while building a champion’s mindset. Every drill is designed to build toward real match readiness.
Moments where frustration turns into flow. That’s the magic of this clinic — every challenge has a breakthrough waiting just past it.
Duration
Each “Zero to Hero” session runs 2 hours — a deep dive into high-intensity training balanced with technical refinement and focused match play. If only one participant, one hour session with Free Open Play.
Ideal For
Players who crave growth, confidence, and transformation — anyone ready to rewrite their pickleball story from the ground up.
Adaptive Pickleball Clinic (All Ages) - 6 Weeks ClinicAdaptive Pickleball - Inclusion, Fitness & Social Engagement
The Standard Game is modified to teach people with physical, cognitive and developmental challenges.
6-Weeks Session
Age: 9+
Level: All Levels
Paddles will be provided
INSTRUCTIONAL LEAGUE: (LOW) INTERMEDIATE (6/7-8/23 ) 12 WEEKSInstructional Leagues
Max 10 players, 2 courts
Two hours unless otherwise noted
One hour of instructor led drills and one hour of supervised play
League stats maintained
Low Intermediate: You have moved from Advanced Beginner to Low Intermediate by improving your consistency when you play. You understand more about shot selection and try to hit the ball with more direction and purpose but you aren't always able to achieve that. You find that your points are lasting longer and you are starting to understand point progression.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.
Clinic - Women's Path to 4.0 with Coach AllenClinic Series (6 classes) - Path to 4.0 Level 1
This clinic series is designed for players who currently play at an Intermediate capability and are seeking the skills to progress to the 4.0 level. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 201 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior t
Hero 101Congratulations on completing your Zero to Hero class with Coach Deepak!
You’ve officially taken the first step in your pickleball journey and are now ready for Hero 101 with Coach Deepak. Join us this Sunday from 12:00 PM to 1:30 PM to continue building your skills, confidence, and understanding of the game. Reservations at Court Reserve.
We look forward to seeing you on the court and helping you continue your pickleball journey!
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Skills & DrillsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner / Low Intermediate level (2.5-3.2)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
SUMMER CAMP-Week 9Who
5th–9th Graders (Ages 10–15)
Time
9:00 AM – 3:00 PM
Investment
$400 per child
$50 OFF for siblings or returning campers
Bonus Offer
Register for 3 camp sessions and receive a FREE Casa Starter Kit including a paddle!
What to Expect
· Fun icebreakers & team games
· Skill-building drills & professional coaching
· Low-pressure gameplay & friendly challenges
· Pickleballympics Tournament
· Daily awards & end-of-day wrap-up
· Light snacks & beverages included
What to Bring
Your favorite lunch, athletic wear, and plenty of energy!
Velto Junior AcademyVelto Junior Academy is designed for players ages 10–17, whether they're picking up a paddle for the first time or already have experience on the court. Players will be grouped by age and skill level to ensure everyone is challenged and having fun.
Newer players will learn the fundamentals of pickleball, including the rules, scoring, basic techniques, and court positioning, before jumping into fun, carnival-style mini games and supervised match play.
More experienced players will dive into live drills, competitive mini games, coached open play, and fast-paced live ball games that keep everyone active while developing strategy, consistency, and confidence.
Throughout the week, all players will receive personalized coaching and expert tips designed to help them improve quickly and build confidence on the court.
Every day of camp features a new mix of games, drills, challenges, and activities, so there's always something fresh, exciting, and fun to look forward to. We'll wrap up the week with a tournament and skills challenge, giving players the chance to showcase everything they've learned and celebrate the progress they've made.
Above all, the Junior Academy is a chance for kids to discover pickleball, improve their game, make new friends, and have an awesome time at Velto.
As a thank you for joining us, every participant will receive a special surprise to celebrate being part of Velto's very first Junior Academy!
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
P-Series - P1 - Foundation
Fair Lawn | The PICKLR
P-Series - P1 - Foundation
The P1 Foundation program is designed to introduce players to the core fundamentals of pickleball. It serves as the starting point for new members, ensuring they develop a solid understanding of the game. This program provides structured lessons, skill assessments, and guided practice to help players build confidence and competence in pickleball.
Cost:
Members: $20 (Free with booking pass)
Non-Members: $40
Note: Academy classes are designed for 8 players across 2 courts. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be cancelled and booking passes/credits will be refunded if applicable.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy: Cancellations must be made at least 24 hours in advance. Late cancellations or no-shows may incur a $10 fee.
Suggested Rating: 3.5
Very important: Members please use the booking pass option during checkout if you still have booking passes available in your account. We will not be able to refund you if you chose to pay for the session when you have booking passes available.
Play With a Pro +3 Rising Intermediate 3.0 (1.5 hrs)Play with a Pro (1.5 hour): 3 Participants will play out points/games with the coach playing in. Each session will have a specific focus (e.g. court position; shot patterns) but feedback on all aspects of the game will be given throughout the session. This enables students to learn real time what they can do to improve their game and to better understand what might be holding them back. This works best if people sign up for the right level and/or with others they know are at a similar level as them.
Recommended rating to join this session is 2.8-3.3
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Play with Pro with IanPlay alongside a pro in a fun, interactive session while receiving real-time coaching, strategy tips, and personalized feedback.
Duration: 60 minutes
Age: Age 16+
Levels: High Intermediate, Intermediate
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Play With Coach Ellen ClinicPLAY WITH COACH ELLEN
come play with coach Ellen, she will instruct you while you are playing
$35.00 per person
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
BKPT Practice By Jessie (BKPT Member Only)BKPT Practice
BKPT Members Only
Members FREE | Non-Members $40
Description
This dedicated practice session is exclusively for members of the Brooklyn Pickleball Team (BKPT) Program and is offered as part of our partnership with BKPT. Players will have access to reserved court time in a structured team practice environment designed to help build chemistry, sharpen skills, and prepare for league and competitive play.
We’re excited to support the BKPT community by providing a special partner rate and a consistent home for team training.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is intended exclusively for registered BKPT Team members. Players should be prepared for organized drills, match play, and competitive practice with fellow team members.
How Games Run
Practice format will be determined by BKPT leadership and may include drills, situational play, team strategy work, challenge matches, and structured games. This is a dedicated team practice rather than a standard open play session.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
[BEGINNER] Coach Guided Open PlayHave a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
[BEGINNER] Coach Guided Open PlayHave a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
NEW- Build Your Own Pro+3 - 90minsBuild Your Own Pro+3
Customize your Pro+3 by selecting the players and and skill areas on which you'd like pointers.
Just tell your friends to register or add guests.
Velto Junior AcademyVelto Junior Academy is for both newer and more seasoned players between the ages of 10 to 17. Kids will be broken up by Age & Skill Level.
Kids without experience will learn the basics (how to play, how to score, basic techniques) before entering into carnival - style fun pickleball mini games and real games.
More advanced kids will hop right into an open play with live coaching and guidance, as well as fast-paced live ball games to ensure everyone’s always getting in on the fun.
The program is an opportunity for kids to be introduced to pickleball at Velto, make friends, and have a blast.
All kids will also be given a surprise at the end of the event for being a part of the first junior Clinic at Velto.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
SUMMER CAMP-Week 9Who
5th–9th Graders (Ages 10–15)
Time
9:00 AM – 3:00 PM
Investment
$400 per child
$50 OFF for siblings or returning campers
Bonus Offer
Register for 3 camp sessions and receive a FREE Casa Starter Kit including a paddle!
What to Expect
· Fun icebreakers & team games
· Skill-building drills & professional coaching
· Low-pressure gameplay & friendly challenges
· Pickleballympics Tournament
· Daily awards & end-of-day wrap-up
· Light snacks & beverages included
What to Bring
Your favorite lunch, athletic wear, and plenty of energy!
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
It is a DRILL, with a casa Coach:table_tennis_paddle_and_ball: This is a DRILL
Every Tuesday | 10:00 AM – 11:00 AM
Looking to build consistency and improve your game one skill at a time? Join us every Tuesday for Drill of the Week, where a Casa Pickle Coach breaks down one essential pickleball drill designed to help you become a stronger, smarter player.
Each session focuses on a single skill, allowing you to understand the purpose of the drill, proper technique, and how to apply it during match play.
Session Format
10:00 – 10:30 AM
Coach demonstration and instruction
Technique breakdown
Strategy and common mistakes
Q&A
10:30 – 11:00 AM
Guided player practice with coach feedback and corrections - Coach will observe not play.
11:00 AM – 12:00 PM
:tada: Complimentary Open Play - no coach present
Stay and put your newly learned skills into action during one hour of free Open Play.
8-Week Drill Rotation
Week 1: Third Shot Drop Consistency
Week 2: Dinking Control & Placement
Week 3: Volley Reflexes & Hand Speed
Week 4: Serve & Return Accuracy
Week 5: Transition Zone Footwork & Resets
Week 6: Crosscourt Dinking & Patience
Week 7: Lob Defense & Overhead Smashes
Week 8: Crazy Angles
The rotation repeats every eight weeks with new coaching tips, progressions, and advanced variations.
Pricing
:gem: Diamond Members: $5
:first_place_medal: Gold Members: $6
:admission_tickets: Visitors: $10
Capacity
Minimum: 4 players
Maximum: 12 players
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With a Pro +3 Rising Intermediate 3.0 (1.5 hrs)Play with a Pro (1.5 hour): 3 Participants will play out points/games with the coach playing in. Each session will have a specific focus (e.g. court position; shot patterns) but feedback on all aspects of the game will be given throughout the session. This enables students to learn real time what they can do to improve their game and to better understand what might be holding them back. This works best if people sign up for the right level and/or with others they know are at a similar level as them.
Recommended rating to join this session is 2.8-3.3
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
3 and me with Bernard🏓 3 & Me
🧑🏫 Coach
Led by Coach Bernard, a certified pickleball instructor known for developing player confidence and game IQ. His teaching style blends technical precision with in-game adaptability, making each session both challenging and enjoyable.
✨ What Makes It Special
“3 & Me” brings players together in a unique small-group coaching format — three players paired with one experienced coach. This structure creates the perfect balance between personalized attention and dynamic, game-based play.
🎯 Who Is It For
Intermediate+ players looking to level up through focused, small-group coaching.
🔍 Primary Focus
This session is built around real-game scenarios, helping players improve:
• Strategy and shot selection
• Teamwork and court awareness
• Consistency under pressure
The goal is to elevate both individual technique and group coordination.
👀 What to Expect
Players will practice doubles formations, third-shot setups, and transition play while receiving immediate, tactical feedback from the coach during live play.
⏱️ Duration
Each 3 & Me session runs for 60 minutes, offering the ideal balance between focused instruction and match-style play.
ADVANCED BEGINNER 11 WEEKS (6/17-8/26)Advanced Beginner(2.5-3.0): You know the basic rules and how to keep score but want to improve your consistency and technique. You’re starting to understand shot selection and dinking. Our instructional leagues and lesson series focus on shots that help you sustain longer rallies, hit moderate-paced shots and start thinking about strategies.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.*
Velto Junior AcademyVelto Junior Academy is for both newer and more seasoned players between the ages of 10 to 17. Kids will be broken up by Age & Skill Level.
Kids without experience will learn the basics (how to play, how to score, basic techniques) before entering into carnival - style fun pickleball mini games and real games.
More advanced kids will hop right into an open play with live coaching and guidance, as well as fast-paced live ball games to ensure everyone’s always getting in on the fun.
The program is an opportunity for kids to be introduced to pickleball at Velto, make friends, and have a blast.
All kids will also be given a surprise at the end of the event for being a part of the first junior Clinic at Velto.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
ADVANCED BEGINNER 11 WEEKS (6/17-8/26)Advanced Beginner(2.5-3.0): You know the basic rules and how to keep score but want to improve your consistency and technique. You’re starting to understand shot selection and dinking. Our instructional leagues and lesson series focus on shots that help you sustain longer rallies, hit moderate-paced shots and start thinking about strategies.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.*
SUMMER CAMP-Week 9Who
5th–9th Graders (Ages 10–15)
Time
9:00 AM – 3:00 PM
Investment
$400 per child
$50 OFF for siblings or returning campers
Bonus Offer
Register for 3 camp sessions and receive a FREE Casa Starter Kit including a paddle!
What to Expect
· Fun icebreakers & team games
· Skill-building drills & professional coaching
· Low-pressure gameplay & friendly challenges
· Pickleballympics Tournament
· Daily awards & end-of-day wrap-up
· Light snacks & beverages included
What to Bring
Your favorite lunch, athletic wear, and plenty of energy!
INTERMEDIATE LESSON SERIES 12 weeks (6/3-8/19/26)Intermediate (3.0-3.5+): You know the rules and have consistent serves and returns. Points last longer, play is more intentional and you're starting to understand game strategies. You are beginning to think more like a team when playing doubles rather than two individuals doing their own thing on the same side of the court. Our Intermediate Instructional programs focus on developing your shot selection, 3rd/4th/5th shots and how to implement a plan for them. We also focus on improving consistency to build points, how to recognize the point set-up and when to attack or reset.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.*
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With A Pro 3.0 - 3.5Ready to move up to the High Intermediate 3.5+ level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
NEW - PARTNER STRATEGY ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
Play With Coach Ellen ClinicPLAY WITH COACH ELLEN
come play with coach Ellen, she will instruct you while you are playing
$35.00 per person
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
4 Week Advanced Beginners ClinicThis 4-week clinic series is for Advanced Beginners who are ready to take their game to the next level.
Clinic Schedule
With our coach and 4 other students, you’ll learn the following:
Week 1. How to forehand/backhand dink
Week 2. How to hit a 3rd shot drop/drive
Week 3. How to volly back and forth.
Week 4. Blocking the 3rd shot drive and countering when in hands battles
Each class will be 1.5 hours long, with a combination of Coach guided drills and demonstrations!
If you were to sign up, it is a commitment to the 4-Week clinic series. If you cannot make a class, please let your coach know before hand.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
3 and me with Bernard🏓 3 & Me
🧑🏫 Coach
Led by Coach Bernard, a certified pickleball instructor known for developing player confidence and game IQ. His teaching style blends technical precision with in-game adaptability, making each session both challenging and enjoyable.
✨ What Makes It Special
“3 & Me” brings players together in a unique small-group coaching format — three players paired with one experienced coach. This structure creates the perfect balance between personalized attention and dynamic, game-based play.
🎯 Who Is It For
Intermediate+ players looking to level up through focused, small-group coaching.
🔍 Primary Focus
This session is built around real-game scenarios, helping players improve:
• Strategy and shot selection
• Teamwork and court awareness
• Consistency under pressure
The goal is to elevate both individual technique and group coordination.
👀 What to Expect
Players will practice doubles formations, third-shot setups, and transition play while receiving immediate, tactical feedback from the coach during live play.
⏱️ Duration
Each 3 & Me session runs for 60 minutes, offering the ideal balance between focused instruction and match-style play.
[INTERMEDIATE] Coach Guided Open Play (5:30pm)Have a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
4 Week Clinic for IntermediateABOUT
This 4-week clinic series is for Intermediate players who are ready to take their game to the next level.
Clinic Schedule
With our coach and 4 other students, you’ll learn the following:
Week 1: how to reliably get to the kitchen (serves, drives, drops, drips, resets)
Week 2: how to stop your opponents getting to the kitchen (returns, 4th shot decision making, drive tolerance, flicks/rolls)
Week 3: How to win once you’re at the kitchen (speedups + dinking patterns)
Week 4: How to be ready for your opponents game plan in the kitchen. (Counters + dinking patterns+ finishing pieces)
Each class will be 1.5 hours long, with a combination of coach-guided drills and demonstrations!
If you were to sign up, it is a commitment to the 4-Week clinic series. If you cannot attend a class, please let your coach know before hand.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
[INTERMEDIATE] Coach Guided Open Play (6:30pm)Have a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
BASICS PLUS lesson series 7/22-8/26Basics Plus (2.0-2.5): You have completed our Absolute Beginner Clinic or are a brand-new player. You’ll learn all the basics and build on your skills to increase your confidence in your game play. You are adding fundamental skills to your toolbox, but you lack consistency. Basics Plus is a 6-week program with one hour of instruction and one hour of unsupervised play.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.*
Velto Junior AcademyVelto Junior Academy is for both newer and more seasoned players between the ages of 10 to 17. Kids will be broken up by Age & Skill Level.
Kids without experience will learn the basics (how to play, how to score, basic techniques) before entering into carnival - style fun pickleball mini games and real games.
More advanced kids will hop right into an open play with live coaching and guidance, as well as fast-paced live ball games to ensure everyone’s always getting in on the fun.
The program is an opportunity for kids to be introduced to pickleball at Velto, make friends, and have a blast.
All kids will also be given a surprise at the end of the event for being a part of the first junior Clinic at Velto.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
Clinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with StrategyClinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with Strategy
Ever feel like you’re hitting solid shots but still losing points you should be winning? This six-week series will teach you how to play with intention instead of reacting. You’ll learn how to control the point from the serve and return, take command of the kitchen line, and place the ball to create pressure and force errors—so you’re dictating play rather than hoping for a mistake.Prerequisites: You should be able to execute basic shots (serve, return, drive, drop, volley, and dink) with some consistency or have completed Path to Intermediate Level 1. If you are unsure if this series is the right fit, please reach out.Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by theRacket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy:Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Guided Play with Mark & ElaineGuided Play with Mark & Elaine
Age: All Ages
Level: Beginner & Intermediate
Receive personalized one-on-one coaching during live play.
Get real-time feedback on strategy, positioning, and shot selection.
Learn smarter decision-making in actual game situations.
Improve your skills faster while playing in a fun and supportive environment.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
INSTRUCTIONAL LEAGUE: ADVANCED BEGINNER (6/4-8/20) 12 WEEKSInstructional Leagues
Max 10 players, 2 courts
Two hours unless otherwise noted
One hour of instructor led drills and one hour of supervised play
League stats maintained
Advanced Beginner(2.5-3.0): You know the basic rules and how to keep score but want to improve your consistency and technique. You’re starting to understand shot selection and dinking. Our instructional leagues and lesson series focus on shots that help you sustain longer rallies, hit moderate-paced shots and start thinking about strategies.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Coach Office HoursFor years, New York City’s coaching community has talked about creating a place where
coaches could simply be coaches.
A place to exchange ideas instead of guarding them.
To challenge one another, refine the way we teach, and then spend the second hour doing what
brought us here in the first place—playing.
Office Hours is that place.
This is a standing two-hour session created exclusively for pickleball coaches. Whether you
coach full-time or part-time, at a club or independently, you’re invited to spend two hours with
people who care as much about the craft as you do.
This is intentionally coaches only.
No lessons. No drop-ins. No exceptions.
Just coaches investing in coaches.
9:00–10:00 AM | Build Better Coaches
The first hour is dedicated entirely to learning from one another.
Court One — Clinic Lab
Share a clinic, progression, game, or teaching concept that’s genuinely worked for you.
Bring your favorite warm-up. Explain how you teach a skill. Demonstrate games your players
ask for every week. Workshop new programming. Leave with ideas you’ll use in your very next
clinic.
Steal responsibly.
Court Two — Drill Lab
A working court devoted entirely to drilling.
Refine patterns. Test new progressions. Experiment with drills before introducing them to
students. Sometimes another coach sees the one detail you’ve been missing.
Probably your feed.
10:00–11:00 AM | Coaches Play
The second hour belongs on the court.
Court One
4-on, 4-off Open Play
Court Two
Challenge Court — Winners Stay
Compete with and against coaches you rarely get to play with. Test ideas under pressure. Meet
coaches from other clubs. Build relationships that make New York’s coaching community
stronger.
Game sharpening game, taking nothing personally.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
SUMMER CAMP-Week 9Who
5th–9th Graders (Ages 10–15)
Time
9:00 AM – 3:00 PM
Investment
$400 per child
$50 OFF for siblings or returning campers
Bonus Offer
Register for 3 camp sessions and receive a FREE Casa Starter Kit including a paddle!
What to Expect
· Fun icebreakers & team games
· Skill-building drills & professional coaching
· Low-pressure gameplay & friendly challenges
· Pickleballympics Tournament
· Daily awards & end-of-day wrap-up
· Light snacks & beverages included
What to Bring
Your favorite lunch, athletic wear, and plenty of energy!
Velto Junior AcademyVelto Junior Academy is for both newer and more seasoned players between the ages of 10 to 17. Kids will be broken up by Age & Skill Level.
Kids without experience will learn the basics (how to play, how to score, basic techniques) before entering into carnival - style fun pickleball mini games and real games.
More advanced kids will hop right into an open play with live coaching and guidance, as well as fast-paced live ball games to ensure everyone’s always getting in on the fun.
The program is an opportunity for kids to be introduced to pickleball at Velto, make friends, and have a blast.
All kids will also be given a surprise at the end of the event for being a part of the first junior Clinic at Velto.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
Beginner ClinicThis 60 minute clinic will focus on stroke technique and building confidence on the court while also re-emphasizing rules, positioning, etc.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
INSTRUCTIONAL LEAGUE: (LOW) INTERMEDIATE (6/5-8/21 ) 12 WEEKSInstructional Leagues
Max 10 players, 2 courts
Two hours unless otherwise noted
One hour of instructor led drills and one hour of supervised play
League stats maintained
Low Intermediate: You have moved from Advanced Beginner to Low Intermediate by improving your consistency when you play. You understand more about shot selection and try to hit the ball with more direction and purpose but you aren't always able to achieve that. You find that your points are lasting longer and you are starting to understand point progression.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
From Zero to HeroWhat Makes It Special
“Zero to Hero” isn’t just a clinic — it’s a journey. It’s about turning doubt into discipline and turning every missed shot into motivation. Under Coach’s guidance, players experience the mindset, movement, and mastery that move them from casual play to confident competition.
Who this clinic is designed for
This program is built for players who are ready to level up — mentally and physically. Whether you’re new to structured training or fighting a plateau, this clinic gives you the tools and confidence to rise.
Primary Focus
The core focus is progress and purpose — developing consistency, positioning, and power while building a champion’s mindset. Every drill is designed to build toward real match readiness.
Moments where frustration turns into flow. That’s the magic of this clinic — every challenge has a breakthrough waiting just past it.
Duration
Each “Zero to Hero” session runs 2 hours — a deep dive into high-intensity training balanced with technical refinement and focused match play. If only one participant, one hour session with Free Open Play.
Ideal For
Players who crave growth, confidence, and transformation — anyone ready to rewrite their pickleball story from the ground up.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
INSTRUCTIONAL LEAGUE: (LOW) INTERMEDIATE to INT (6/27-9/5 ) NO 7/4... 10 WEEKSInstructional Leagues
Max 10 players, 2 courts
Two hours unless otherwise noted
One hour of instructor led drills and one hour of supervised play
League stats maintained
Low Intermediate: You have moved from Advanced Beginner to Low Intermediate by improving your consistency when you play. You understand more about shot selection and try to hit the ball with more direction and purpose but you aren't always able to achieve that. You find that your points are lasting longer and you are starting to understand point progression.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Clinic Series - Path to Intermediate Level 2Clinic Series (7 classes) - Path to Intermediate, Level 2
The Level 2 Path to Intermediate clinic series is designed for players who have several months of pickleball experience, have participated in open plays at the advanced beginner or low intermediate level, and are looking to progress to a higher level of play. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 101 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke, but will approach the skills from a more advanced starting point than the Level 1 Path to Intermediate series. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
During the final week, the instructor will perform a DUPR assessment for all members of the class and provide you with a provisional DUPR rating (if you don’t have one already)
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment
Clinic Series - Path to Intermediate Level 1Clinic Series (7 classes) - Path to Intermediate, Level 1
The Level 1 Path to Intermediate clinic series is designed for players who have completed an Intro to Pickleball class and are looking to progress to an intermediate level of play. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 101 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
During the final week, the instructor will perform a DUPR assessment for all members of the class and provide you with a provisional DUPR rating (if you don’t have one already)
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class.
From Zero to HeroWhat Makes It Special
“Zero to Hero” isn’t just a clinic — it’s a journey. It’s about turning doubt into discipline and turning every missed shot into motivation. Under Coach’s guidance, players experience the mindset, movement, and mastery that move them from casual play to confident competition.
Who this clinic is designed for
This program is built for players who are ready to level up — mentally and physically. Whether you’re new to structured training or fighting a plateau, this clinic gives you the tools and confidence to rise.
Primary Focus
The core focus is progress and purpose — developing consistency, positioning, and power while building a champion’s mindset. Every drill is designed to build toward real match readiness.
Moments where frustration turns into flow. That’s the magic of this clinic — every challenge has a breakthrough waiting just past it.
Duration
Each “Zero to Hero” session runs 2 hours — a deep dive into high-intensity training balanced with technical refinement and focused match play. If only one participant, one hour session with Free Open Play.
Ideal For
Players who crave growth, confidence, and transformation — anyone ready to rewrite their pickleball story from the ground up.
Adaptive Pickleball Clinic (All Ages) - 6 Weeks ClinicAdaptive Pickleball - Inclusion, Fitness & Social Engagement
The Standard Game is modified to teach people with physical, cognitive and developmental challenges.
6-Weeks Session
Age: 9+
Level: All Levels
Paddles will be provided
INSTRUCTIONAL LEAGUE: (LOW) INTERMEDIATE (6/7-8/23 ) 12 WEEKSInstructional Leagues
Max 10 players, 2 courts
Two hours unless otherwise noted
One hour of instructor led drills and one hour of supervised play
League stats maintained
Low Intermediate: You have moved from Advanced Beginner to Low Intermediate by improving your consistency when you play. You understand more about shot selection and try to hit the ball with more direction and purpose but you aren't always able to achieve that. You find that your points are lasting longer and you are starting to understand point progression.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.
Clinic - Women's Path to 4.0 with Coach AllenClinic Series (6 classes) - Path to 4.0 Level 1
This clinic series is designed for players who currently play at an Intermediate capability and are seeking the skills to progress to the 4.0 level. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 201 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior t
Hero 101Congratulations on completing your Zero to Hero class with Coach Deepak!
You’ve officially taken the first step in your pickleball journey and are now ready for Hero 101 with Coach Deepak. Join us this Sunday from 12:00 PM to 1:30 PM to continue building your skills, confidence, and understanding of the game. Reservations at Court Reserve.
We look forward to seeing you on the court and helping you continue your pickleball journey!
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Summer Camp Week 8 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
P-Series - P1 - Foundation
Fair Lawn | The PICKLR
P-Series - P1 - Foundation
The P1 Foundation program is designed to introduce players to the core fundamentals of pickleball. It serves as the starting point for new members, ensuring they develop a solid understanding of the game. This program provides structured lessons, skill assessments, and guided practice to help players build confidence and competence in pickleball.
Cost:
Members: $20 (Free with booking pass)
Non-Members: $40
Note: Academy classes are designed for 8 players across 2 courts. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be cancelled and booking passes/credits will be refunded if applicable.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy: Cancellations must be made at least 24 hours in advance. Late cancellations or no-shows may incur a $10 fee.
Suggested Rating: 3.5
Very important: Members please use the booking pass option during checkout if you still have booking passes available in your account. We will not be able to refund you if you chose to pay for the session when you have booking passes available.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Play With a Pro +3 Rising Intermediate 3.0 (1.5 hrs)Play with a Pro (1.5 hour): 3 Participants will play out points/games with the coach playing in. Each session will have a specific focus (e.g. court position; shot patterns) but feedback on all aspects of the game will be given throughout the session. This enables students to learn real time what they can do to improve their game and to better understand what might be holding them back. This works best if people sign up for the right level and/or with others they know are at a similar level as them.
Recommended rating to join this session is 2.8-3.3
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
Play With Coach Ellen ClinicPLAY WITH COACH ELLEN
come play with coach Ellen, she will instruct you while you are playing
$35.00 per person
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
BKPT Practice By Jessie (BKPT Member Only)BKPT Practice
BKPT Members Only
Members FREE | Non-Members $40
Description
This dedicated practice session is exclusively for members of the Brooklyn Pickleball Team (BKPT) Program and is offered as part of our partnership with BKPT. Players will have access to reserved court time in a structured team practice environment designed to help build chemistry, sharpen skills, and prepare for league and competitive play.
We’re excited to support the BKPT community by providing a special partner rate and a consistent home for team training.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is intended exclusively for registered BKPT Team members. Players should be prepared for organized drills, match play, and competitive practice with fellow team members.
How Games Run
Practice format will be determined by BKPT leadership and may include drills, situational play, team strategy work, challenge matches, and structured games. This is a dedicated team practice rather than a standard open play session.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
[BEGINNER] Coach Guided Open PlayHave a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
[BEGINNER] Coach Guided Open PlayHave a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
NEW- Build Your Own Pro+3 - 90minsBuild Your Own Pro+3
Customize your Pro+3 by selecting the players and and skill areas on which you'd like pointers.
Just tell your friends to register or add guests.
Summer Camp Week 8 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
It is a DRILL, with a casa Coach:table_tennis_paddle_and_ball: This is a DRILL
Every Tuesday | 10:00 AM – 11:00 AM
Looking to build consistency and improve your game one skill at a time? Join us every Tuesday for Drill of the Week, where a Casa Pickle Coach breaks down one essential pickleball drill designed to help you become a stronger, smarter player.
Each session focuses on a single skill, allowing you to understand the purpose of the drill, proper technique, and how to apply it during match play.
Session Format
10:00 – 10:30 AM
Coach demonstration and instruction
Technique breakdown
Strategy and common mistakes
Q&A
10:30 – 11:00 AM
Guided player practice with coach feedback and corrections - Coach will observe not play.
11:00 AM – 12:00 PM
:tada: Complimentary Open Play - no coach present
Stay and put your newly learned skills into action during one hour of free Open Play.
8-Week Drill Rotation
Week 1: Third Shot Drop Consistency
Week 2: Dinking Control & Placement
Week 3: Volley Reflexes & Hand Speed
Week 4: Serve & Return Accuracy
Week 5: Transition Zone Footwork & Resets
Week 6: Crosscourt Dinking & Patience
Week 7: Lob Defense & Overhead Smashes
Week 8: Crazy Angles
The rotation repeats every eight weeks with new coaching tips, progressions, and advanced variations.
Pricing
:gem: Diamond Members: $5
:first_place_medal: Gold Members: $6
:admission_tickets: Visitors: $10
Capacity
Minimum: 4 players
Maximum: 12 players
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
Play With a Pro +3 Rising Intermediate 3.0 (1.5 hrs)Play with a Pro (1.5 hour): 3 Participants will play out points/games with the coach playing in. Each session will have a specific focus (e.g. court position; shot patterns) but feedback on all aspects of the game will be given throughout the session. This enables students to learn real time what they can do to improve their game and to better understand what might be holding them back. This works best if people sign up for the right level and/or with others they know are at a similar level as them.
Recommended rating to join this session is 2.8-3.3
3 and me with Bernard🏓 3 & Me
🧑🏫 Coach
Led by Coach Bernard, a certified pickleball instructor known for developing player confidence and game IQ. His teaching style blends technical precision with in-game adaptability, making each session both challenging and enjoyable.
✨ What Makes It Special
“3 & Me” brings players together in a unique small-group coaching format — three players paired with one experienced coach. This structure creates the perfect balance between personalized attention and dynamic, game-based play.
🎯 Who Is It For
Intermediate+ players looking to level up through focused, small-group coaching.
🔍 Primary Focus
This session is built around real-game scenarios, helping players improve:
• Strategy and shot selection
• Teamwork and court awareness
• Consistency under pressure
The goal is to elevate both individual technique and group coordination.
👀 What to Expect
Players will practice doubles formations, third-shot setups, and transition play while receiving immediate, tactical feedback from the coach during live play.
⏱️ Duration
Each 3 & Me session runs for 60 minutes, offering the ideal balance between focused instruction and match-style play.
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
3 and me with Bernard🏓 3 & Me
🧑🏫 Coach
Led by Coach Bernard, a certified pickleball instructor known for developing player confidence and game IQ. His teaching style blends technical precision with in-game adaptability, making each session both challenging and enjoyable.
✨ What Makes It Special
“3 & Me” brings players together in a unique small-group coaching format — three players paired with one experienced coach. This structure creates the perfect balance between personalized attention and dynamic, game-based play.
🎯 Who Is It For
Intermediate+ players looking to level up through focused, small-group coaching.
🔍 Primary Focus
This session is built around real-game scenarios, helping players improve:
• Strategy and shot selection
• Teamwork and court awareness
• Consistency under pressure
The goal is to elevate both individual technique and group coordination.
👀 What to Expect
Players will practice doubles formations, third-shot setups, and transition play while receiving immediate, tactical feedback from the coach during live play.
⏱️ Duration
Each 3 & Me session runs for 60 minutes, offering the ideal balance between focused instruction and match-style play.
ADVANCED BEGINNER 11 WEEKS (6/17-8/26)Advanced Beginner(2.5-3.0): You know the basic rules and how to keep score but want to improve your consistency and technique. You’re starting to understand shot selection and dinking. Our instructional leagues and lesson series focus on shots that help you sustain longer rallies, hit moderate-paced shots and start thinking about strategies.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.*
ADVANCED BEGINNER 11 WEEKS (6/17-8/26)Advanced Beginner(2.5-3.0): You know the basic rules and how to keep score but want to improve your consistency and technique. You’re starting to understand shot selection and dinking. Our instructional leagues and lesson series focus on shots that help you sustain longer rallies, hit moderate-paced shots and start thinking about strategies.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.*
Summer Camp Week 8 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
INTERMEDIATE LESSON SERIES 12 weeks (6/3-8/19/26)Intermediate (3.0-3.5+): You know the rules and have consistent serves and returns. Points last longer, play is more intentional and you're starting to understand game strategies. You are beginning to think more like a team when playing doubles rather than two individuals doing their own thing on the same side of the court. Our Intermediate Instructional programs focus on developing your shot selection, 3rd/4th/5th shots and how to implement a plan for them. We also focus on improving consistency to build points, how to recognize the point set-up and when to attack or reset.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.*
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With A Pro 3.0 - 3.5Ready to move up to the High Intermediate 3.5+ level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
NEW - PARTNER STRATEGY ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
3 and me with Bernard🏓 3 & Me
🧑🏫 Coach
Led by Coach Bernard, a certified pickleball instructor known for developing player confidence and game IQ. His teaching style blends technical precision with in-game adaptability, making each session both challenging and enjoyable.
✨ What Makes It Special
“3 & Me” brings players together in a unique small-group coaching format — three players paired with one experienced coach. This structure creates the perfect balance between personalized attention and dynamic, game-based play.
🎯 Who Is It For
Intermediate+ players looking to level up through focused, small-group coaching.
🔍 Primary Focus
This session is built around real-game scenarios, helping players improve:
• Strategy and shot selection
• Teamwork and court awareness
• Consistency under pressure
The goal is to elevate both individual technique and group coordination.
👀 What to Expect
Players will practice doubles formations, third-shot setups, and transition play while receiving immediate, tactical feedback from the coach during live play.
⏱️ Duration
Each 3 & Me session runs for 60 minutes, offering the ideal balance between focused instruction and match-style play.
Play With Coach Ellen ClinicPLAY WITH COACH ELLEN
come play with coach Ellen, she will instruct you while you are playing
$35.00 per person
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
[INTERMEDIATE] Coach Guided Open Play (5:30pm)Have a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
4 Week Clinic for IntermediateABOUT
This 4-week clinic series is for Intermediate players who are ready to take their game to the next level.
Clinic Schedule
With our coach and 4 other students, you’ll learn the following:
Week 1: how to reliably get to the kitchen (serves, drives, drops, drips, resets)
Week 2: how to stop your opponents getting to the kitchen (returns, 4th shot decision making, drive tolerance, flicks/rolls)
Week 3: How to win once you’re at the kitchen (speedups + dinking patterns)
Week 4: How to be ready for your opponents game plan in the kitchen. (Counters + dinking patterns+ finishing pieces)
Each class will be 1.5 hours long, with a combination of coach-guided drills and demonstrations!
If you were to sign up, it is a commitment to the 4-Week clinic series. If you cannot attend a class, please let your coach know before hand.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
[INTERMEDIATE] Coach Guided Open Play (6:30pm)Have a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
BASICS PLUS lesson series 7/22-8/26Basics Plus (2.0-2.5): You have completed our Absolute Beginner Clinic or are a brand-new player. You’ll learn all the basics and build on your skills to increase your confidence in your game play. You are adding fundamental skills to your toolbox, but you lack consistency. Basics Plus is a 6-week program with one hour of instruction and one hour of unsupervised play.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.*
Summer Camp Week 8 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Clinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with StrategyClinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with Strategy
Ever feel like you’re hitting solid shots but still losing points you should be winning? This six-week series will teach you how to play with intention instead of reacting. You’ll learn how to control the point from the serve and return, take command of the kitchen line, and place the ball to create pressure and force errors—so you’re dictating play rather than hoping for a mistake.Prerequisites: You should be able to execute basic shots (serve, return, drive, drop, volley, and dink) with some consistency or have completed Path to Intermediate Level 1. If you are unsure if this series is the right fit, please reach out.Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by theRacket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy:Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Guided Play with Mark & ElaineGuided Play with Mark & Elaine
Age: All Ages
Level: Beginner & Intermediate
Receive personalized one-on-one coaching during live play.
Get real-time feedback on strategy, positioning, and shot selection.
Learn smarter decision-making in actual game situations.
Improve your skills faster while playing in a fun and supportive environment.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
INSTRUCTIONAL LEAGUE: ADVANCED BEGINNER (6/4-8/20) 12 WEEKSInstructional Leagues
Max 10 players, 2 courts
Two hours unless otherwise noted
One hour of instructor led drills and one hour of supervised play
League stats maintained
Advanced Beginner(2.5-3.0): You know the basic rules and how to keep score but want to improve your consistency and technique. You’re starting to understand shot selection and dinking. Our instructional leagues and lesson series focus on shots that help you sustain longer rallies, hit moderate-paced shots and start thinking about strategies.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.
Adult Beginner Full Clinic - 6 Weeks ClinicLearn the foundation for pickleball, such as the basic skills and techniques for playing the game.
Duration: 6 sessions, 6 weeks
Age: 18+
Levels: Beginner/Advanced Beginner
Paddles will be provided
Weekly Lesson:
Week 1 - Non-Volley Zone Fundamentals
Week 2 - Serving & Returning Basics
Week 3 - Transition Zone Fundamentals
Week 4 - Groundstroke Foundations
Week 5 - Court Positioning & Team Chemistry
Week 6 - Game Play Tactics & Strategy
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Coach Office HoursFor years, New York City’s coaching community has talked about creating a place where
coaches could simply be coaches.
A place to exchange ideas instead of guarding them.
To challenge one another, refine the way we teach, and then spend the second hour doing what
brought us here in the first place—playing.
Office Hours is that place.
This is a standing two-hour session created exclusively for pickleball coaches. Whether you
coach full-time or part-time, at a club or independently, you’re invited to spend two hours with
people who care as much about the craft as you do.
This is intentionally coaches only.
No lessons. No drop-ins. No exceptions.
Just coaches investing in coaches.
9:00–10:00 AM | Build Better Coaches
The first hour is dedicated entirely to learning from one another.
Court One — Clinic Lab
Share a clinic, progression, game, or teaching concept that’s genuinely worked for you.
Bring your favorite warm-up. Explain how you teach a skill. Demonstrate games your players
ask for every week. Workshop new programming. Leave with ideas you’ll use in your very next
clinic.
Steal responsibly.
Court Two — Drill Lab
A working court devoted entirely to drilling.
Refine patterns. Test new progressions. Experiment with drills before introducing them to
students. Sometimes another coach sees the one detail you’ve been missing.
Probably your feed.
10:00–11:00 AM | Coaches Play
The second hour belongs on the court.
Court One
4-on, 4-off Open Play
Court Two
Challenge Court — Winners Stay
Compete with and against coaches you rarely get to play with. Test ideas under pressure. Meet
coaches from other clubs. Build relationships that make New York’s coaching community
stronger.
Game sharpening game, taking nothing personally.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Summer Camp Week 8 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Beginner ClinicThis 60 minute clinic will focus on stroke technique and building confidence on the court while also re-emphasizing rules, positioning, etc.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
INSTRUCTIONAL LEAGUE: (LOW) INTERMEDIATE (6/5-8/21 ) 12 WEEKSInstructional Leagues
Max 10 players, 2 courts
Two hours unless otherwise noted
One hour of instructor led drills and one hour of supervised play
League stats maintained
Low Intermediate: You have moved from Advanced Beginner to Low Intermediate by improving your consistency when you play. You understand more about shot selection and try to hit the ball with more direction and purpose but you aren't always able to achieve that. You find that your points are lasting longer and you are starting to understand point progression.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
From Zero to HeroWhat Makes It Special
“Zero to Hero” isn’t just a clinic — it’s a journey. It’s about turning doubt into discipline and turning every missed shot into motivation. Under Coach’s guidance, players experience the mindset, movement, and mastery that move them from casual play to confident competition.
Who this clinic is designed for
This program is built for players who are ready to level up — mentally and physically. Whether you’re new to structured training or fighting a plateau, this clinic gives you the tools and confidence to rise.
Primary Focus
The core focus is progress and purpose — developing consistency, positioning, and power while building a champion’s mindset. Every drill is designed to build toward real match readiness.
Moments where frustration turns into flow. That’s the magic of this clinic — every challenge has a breakthrough waiting just past it.
Duration
Each “Zero to Hero” session runs 2 hours — a deep dive into high-intensity training balanced with technical refinement and focused match play. If only one participant, one hour session with Free Open Play.
Ideal For
Players who crave growth, confidence, and transformation — anyone ready to rewrite their pickleball story from the ground up.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
INSTRUCTIONAL LEAGUE: (LOW) INTERMEDIATE to INT (6/27-9/5 ) NO 7/4... 10 WEEKSInstructional Leagues
Max 10 players, 2 courts
Two hours unless otherwise noted
One hour of instructor led drills and one hour of supervised play
League stats maintained
Low Intermediate: You have moved from Advanced Beginner to Low Intermediate by improving your consistency when you play. You understand more about shot selection and try to hit the ball with more direction and purpose but you aren't always able to achieve that. You find that your points are lasting longer and you are starting to understand point progression.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Clinic Series - Path to Intermediate Level 2Clinic Series (7 classes) - Path to Intermediate, Level 2
The Level 2 Path to Intermediate clinic series is designed for players who have several months of pickleball experience, have participated in open plays at the advanced beginner or low intermediate level, and are looking to progress to a higher level of play. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 101 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke, but will approach the skills from a more advanced starting point than the Level 1 Path to Intermediate series. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
During the final week, the instructor will perform a DUPR assessment for all members of the class and provide you with a provisional DUPR rating (if you don’t have one already)
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment
Clinic Series - Path to Intermediate Level 1Clinic Series (7 classes) - Path to Intermediate, Level 1
The Level 1 Path to Intermediate clinic series is designed for players who have completed an Intro to Pickleball class and are looking to progress to an intermediate level of play. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 101 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
During the final week, the instructor will perform a DUPR assessment for all members of the class and provide you with a provisional DUPR rating (if you don’t have one already)
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class.
From Zero to HeroWhat Makes It Special
“Zero to Hero” isn’t just a clinic — it’s a journey. It’s about turning doubt into discipline and turning every missed shot into motivation. Under Coach’s guidance, players experience the mindset, movement, and mastery that move them from casual play to confident competition.
Who this clinic is designed for
This program is built for players who are ready to level up — mentally and physically. Whether you’re new to structured training or fighting a plateau, this clinic gives you the tools and confidence to rise.
Primary Focus
The core focus is progress and purpose — developing consistency, positioning, and power while building a champion’s mindset. Every drill is designed to build toward real match readiness.
Moments where frustration turns into flow. That’s the magic of this clinic — every challenge has a breakthrough waiting just past it.
Duration
Each “Zero to Hero” session runs 2 hours — a deep dive into high-intensity training balanced with technical refinement and focused match play. If only one participant, one hour session with Free Open Play.
Ideal For
Players who crave growth, confidence, and transformation — anyone ready to rewrite their pickleball story from the ground up.
INSTRUCTIONAL LEAGUE: (LOW) INTERMEDIATE (6/7-8/23 ) 12 WEEKSInstructional Leagues
Max 10 players, 2 courts
Two hours unless otherwise noted
One hour of instructor led drills and one hour of supervised play
League stats maintained
Low Intermediate: You have moved from Advanced Beginner to Low Intermediate by improving your consistency when you play. You understand more about shot selection and try to hit the ball with more direction and purpose but you aren't always able to achieve that. You find that your points are lasting longer and you are starting to understand point progression.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.
Adaptive Pickleball Clinic (All Ages) - 6 Weeks ClinicAdaptive Pickleball - Inclusion, Fitness & Social Engagement
The Standard Game is modified to teach people with physical, cognitive and developmental challenges.
6-Weeks Session
Age: 9+
Level: All Levels
Paddles will be provided
Hero 101Congratulations on completing your Zero to Hero class with Coach Deepak!
You’ve officially taken the first step in your pickleball journey and are now ready for Hero 101 with Coach Deepak. Join us this Sunday from 12:00 PM to 1:30 PM to continue building your skills, confidence, and understanding of the game. Reservations at Court Reserve.
We look forward to seeing you on the court and helping you continue your pickleball journey!
Intermediate/Advanced 1/1 with James 4.8 rated DUPR instructorCome Learn with Our Instructor James Cannizzaro A 4.8 DUPR rated Player
* First He Will Evaluate You
Then See what you need to work on to get to the next level.
you Could be going over Drives, Dinks, Resets, Transitioning whatever it takes each person is different
far as the progression and what level you are at but Coach James will make
everything a Smooth and easy learning Experience for any level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
If event does not full of 3 participants, it will be cancelled.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Summer Camp Week 9 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
P-Series - P1 - Foundation
Fair Lawn | The PICKLR
P-Series - P1 - Foundation
The P1 Foundation program is designed to introduce players to the core fundamentals of pickleball. It serves as the starting point for new members, ensuring they develop a solid understanding of the game. This program provides structured lessons, skill assessments, and guided practice to help players build confidence and competence in pickleball.
Cost:
Members: $20 (Free with booking pass)
Non-Members: $40
Note: Academy classes are designed for 8 players across 2 courts. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be cancelled and booking passes/credits will be refunded if applicable.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy: Cancellations must be made at least 24 hours in advance. Late cancellations or no-shows may incur a $10 fee.
Suggested Rating: 3.5
Very important: Members please use the booking pass option during checkout if you still have booking passes available in your account. We will not be able to refund you if you chose to pay for the session when you have booking passes available.
Play With a Pro +3 Rising Intermediate 3.0 (1.5 hrs)Play with a Pro (1.5 hour): 3 Participants will play out points/games with the coach playing in. Each session will have a specific focus (e.g. court position; shot patterns) but feedback on all aspects of the game will be given throughout the session. This enables students to learn real time what they can do to improve their game and to better understand what might be holding them back. This works best if people sign up for the right level and/or with others they know are at a similar level as them.
Recommended rating to join this session is 2.8-3.3
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Play with Pro with IanPlay alongside a pro in a fun, interactive session while receiving real-time coaching, strategy tips, and personalized feedback.
Duration: 60 minutes
Age: Age 16+
Levels: High Intermediate, Intermediate
Play With Coach Ellen ClinicPLAY WITH COACH ELLEN
come play with coach Ellen, she will instruct you while you are playing
$35.00 per person
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
BKPT Practice By Jessie (BKPT Member Only)BKPT Practice
BKPT Members Only
Members FREE | Non-Members $40
Description
This dedicated practice session is exclusively for members of the Brooklyn Pickleball Team (BKPT) Program and is offered as part of our partnership with BKPT. Players will have access to reserved court time in a structured team practice environment designed to help build chemistry, sharpen skills, and prepare for league and competitive play.
We’re excited to support the BKPT community by providing a special partner rate and a consistent home for team training.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is intended exclusively for registered BKPT Team members. Players should be prepared for organized drills, match play, and competitive practice with fellow team members.
How Games Run
Practice format will be determined by BKPT leadership and may include drills, situational play, team strategy work, challenge matches, and structured games. This is a dedicated team practice rather than a standard open play session.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
[BEGINNER] Coach Guided Open PlayHave a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
[BEGINNER] Coach Guided Open PlayHave a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
NEW- Build Your Own Pro+3 - 90minsBuild Your Own Pro+3
Customize your Pro+3 by selecting the players and and skill areas on which you'd like pointers.
Just tell your friends to register or add guests.
Summer Camp Week 9 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
It is a DRILL, with a casa Coach:table_tennis_paddle_and_ball: This is a DRILL
Every Tuesday | 10:00 AM – 11:00 AM
Looking to build consistency and improve your game one skill at a time? Join us every Tuesday for Drill of the Week, where a Casa Pickle Coach breaks down one essential pickleball drill designed to help you become a stronger, smarter player.
Each session focuses on a single skill, allowing you to understand the purpose of the drill, proper technique, and how to apply it during match play.
Session Format
10:00 – 10:30 AM
Coach demonstration and instruction
Technique breakdown
Strategy and common mistakes
Q&A
10:30 – 11:00 AM
Guided player practice with coach feedback and corrections - Coach will observe not play.
11:00 AM – 12:00 PM
:tada: Complimentary Open Play - no coach present
Stay and put your newly learned skills into action during one hour of free Open Play.
8-Week Drill Rotation
Week 1: Third Shot Drop Consistency
Week 2: Dinking Control & Placement
Week 3: Volley Reflexes & Hand Speed
Week 4: Serve & Return Accuracy
Week 5: Transition Zone Footwork & Resets
Week 6: Crosscourt Dinking & Patience
Week 7: Lob Defense & Overhead Smashes
Week 8: Crazy Angles
The rotation repeats every eight weeks with new coaching tips, progressions, and advanced variations.
Pricing
:gem: Diamond Members: $5
:first_place_medal: Gold Members: $6
:admission_tickets: Visitors: $10
Capacity
Minimum: 4 players
Maximum: 12 players
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Play With a Pro +3 Rising Intermediate 3.0 (1.5 hrs)Play with a Pro (1.5 hour): 3 Participants will play out points/games with the coach playing in. Each session will have a specific focus (e.g. court position; shot patterns) but feedback on all aspects of the game will be given throughout the session. This enables students to learn real time what they can do to improve their game and to better understand what might be holding them back. This works best if people sign up for the right level and/or with others they know are at a similar level as them.
Recommended rating to join this session is 2.8-3.3
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
3 and me with Bernard🏓 3 & Me
🧑🏫 Coach
Led by Coach Bernard, a certified pickleball instructor known for developing player confidence and game IQ. His teaching style blends technical precision with in-game adaptability, making each session both challenging and enjoyable.
✨ What Makes It Special
“3 & Me” brings players together in a unique small-group coaching format — three players paired with one experienced coach. This structure creates the perfect balance between personalized attention and dynamic, game-based play.
🎯 Who Is It For
Intermediate+ players looking to level up through focused, small-group coaching.
🔍 Primary Focus
This session is built around real-game scenarios, helping players improve:
• Strategy and shot selection
• Teamwork and court awareness
• Consistency under pressure
The goal is to elevate both individual technique and group coordination.
👀 What to Expect
Players will practice doubles formations, third-shot setups, and transition play while receiving immediate, tactical feedback from the coach during live play.
⏱️ Duration
Each 3 & Me session runs for 60 minutes, offering the ideal balance between focused instruction and match-style play.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
3 and me with Bernard🏓 3 & Me
🧑🏫 Coach
Led by Coach Bernard, a certified pickleball instructor known for developing player confidence and game IQ. His teaching style blends technical precision with in-game adaptability, making each session both challenging and enjoyable.
✨ What Makes It Special
“3 & Me” brings players together in a unique small-group coaching format — three players paired with one experienced coach. This structure creates the perfect balance between personalized attention and dynamic, game-based play.
🎯 Who Is It For
Intermediate+ players looking to level up through focused, small-group coaching.
🔍 Primary Focus
This session is built around real-game scenarios, helping players improve:
• Strategy and shot selection
• Teamwork and court awareness
• Consistency under pressure
The goal is to elevate both individual technique and group coordination.
👀 What to Expect
Players will practice doubles formations, third-shot setups, and transition play while receiving immediate, tactical feedback from the coach during live play.
⏱️ Duration
Each 3 & Me session runs for 60 minutes, offering the ideal balance between focused instruction and match-style play.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
ADVANCED BEGINNER 11 WEEKS (6/17-8/26)Advanced Beginner(2.5-3.0): You know the basic rules and how to keep score but want to improve your consistency and technique. You’re starting to understand shot selection and dinking. Our instructional leagues and lesson series focus on shots that help you sustain longer rallies, hit moderate-paced shots and start thinking about strategies.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.*
ADVANCED BEGINNER 11 WEEKS (6/17-8/26)Advanced Beginner(2.5-3.0): You know the basic rules and how to keep score but want to improve your consistency and technique. You’re starting to understand shot selection and dinking. Our instructional leagues and lesson series focus on shots that help you sustain longer rallies, hit moderate-paced shots and start thinking about strategies.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.*
Summer Camp Week 9 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
INTERMEDIATE LESSON SERIES 12 weeks (6/3-8/19/26)Intermediate (3.0-3.5+): You know the rules and have consistent serves and returns. Points last longer, play is more intentional and you're starting to understand game strategies. You are beginning to think more like a team when playing doubles rather than two individuals doing their own thing on the same side of the court. Our Intermediate Instructional programs focus on developing your shot selection, 3rd/4th/5th shots and how to implement a plan for them. We also focus on improving consistency to build points, how to recognize the point set-up and when to attack or reset.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.*
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With A Pro 3.0 - 3.5Ready to move up to the High Intermediate 3.5+ level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
NEW - PARTNER STRATEGY ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
3 and me with Bernard🏓 3 & Me
🧑🏫 Coach
Led by Coach Bernard, a certified pickleball instructor known for developing player confidence and game IQ. His teaching style blends technical precision with in-game adaptability, making each session both challenging and enjoyable.
✨ What Makes It Special
“3 & Me” brings players together in a unique small-group coaching format — three players paired with one experienced coach. This structure creates the perfect balance between personalized attention and dynamic, game-based play.
🎯 Who Is It For
Intermediate+ players looking to level up through focused, small-group coaching.
🔍 Primary Focus
This session is built around real-game scenarios, helping players improve:
• Strategy and shot selection
• Teamwork and court awareness
• Consistency under pressure
The goal is to elevate both individual technique and group coordination.
👀 What to Expect
Players will practice doubles formations, third-shot setups, and transition play while receiving immediate, tactical feedback from the coach during live play.
⏱️ Duration
Each 3 & Me session runs for 60 minutes, offering the ideal balance between focused instruction and match-style play.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
Play With Coach Ellen ClinicPLAY WITH COACH ELLEN
come play with coach Ellen, she will instruct you while you are playing
$35.00 per person
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
[INTERMEDIATE] Coach Guided Open Play (5:30pm)Have a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
4 Week Clinic for IntermediateABOUT
This 4-week clinic series is for Intermediate players who are ready to take their game to the next level.
Clinic Schedule
With our coach and 4 other students, you’ll learn the following:
Week 1: how to reliably get to the kitchen (serves, drives, drops, drips, resets)
Week 2: how to stop your opponents getting to the kitchen (returns, 4th shot decision making, drive tolerance, flicks/rolls)
Week 3: How to win once you’re at the kitchen (speedups + dinking patterns)
Week 4: How to be ready for your opponents game plan in the kitchen. (Counters + dinking patterns+ finishing pieces)
Each class will be 1.5 hours long, with a combination of coach-guided drills and demonstrations!
If you were to sign up, it is a commitment to the 4-Week clinic series. If you cannot attend a class, please let your coach know before hand.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
[INTERMEDIATE] Coach Guided Open Play (6:30pm)Have a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
BASICS PLUS lesson series 7/22-8/26Basics Plus (2.0-2.5): You have completed our Absolute Beginner Clinic or are a brand-new player. You’ll learn all the basics and build on your skills to increase your confidence in your game play. You are adding fundamental skills to your toolbox, but you lack consistency. Basics Plus is a 6-week program with one hour of instruction and one hour of unsupervised play.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.*
Summer Camp Week 9 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Clinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with StrategyClinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with Strategy
Ever feel like you’re hitting solid shots but still losing points you should be winning? This six-week series will teach you how to play with intention instead of reacting. You’ll learn how to control the point from the serve and return, take command of the kitchen line, and place the ball to create pressure and force errors—so you’re dictating play rather than hoping for a mistake.Prerequisites: You should be able to execute basic shots (serve, return, drive, drop, volley, and dink) with some consistency or have completed Path to Intermediate Level 1. If you are unsure if this series is the right fit, please reach out.Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by theRacket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy:Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Guided Play with Mark & ElaineGuided Play with Mark & Elaine
Age: All Ages
Level: Beginner & Intermediate
Receive personalized one-on-one coaching during live play.
Get real-time feedback on strategy, positioning, and shot selection.
Learn smarter decision-making in actual game situations.
Improve your skills faster while playing in a fun and supportive environment.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
Adult Beginner Full Clinic - 6 Weeks ClinicLearn the foundation for pickleball, such as the basic skills and techniques for playing the game.
Duration: 6 sessions, 6 weeks
Age: 18+
Levels: Beginner/Advanced Beginner
Paddles will be provided
Weekly Lesson:
Week 1 - Non-Volley Zone Fundamentals
Week 2 - Serving & Returning Basics
Week 3 - Transition Zone Fundamentals
Week 4 - Groundstroke Foundations
Week 5 - Court Positioning & Team Chemistry
Week 6 - Game Play Tactics & Strategy
INSTRUCTIONAL LEAGUE: ADVANCED BEGINNER (6/4-8/20) 12 WEEKSInstructional Leagues
Max 10 players, 2 courts
Two hours unless otherwise noted
One hour of instructor led drills and one hour of supervised play
League stats maintained
Advanced Beginner(2.5-3.0): You know the basic rules and how to keep score but want to improve your consistency and technique. You’re starting to understand shot selection and dinking. Our instructional leagues and lesson series focus on shots that help you sustain longer rallies, hit moderate-paced shots and start thinking about strategies.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Summer Camp Week 9 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Coach Office HoursFor years, New York City’s coaching community has talked about creating a place where
coaches could simply be coaches.
A place to exchange ideas instead of guarding them.
To challenge one another, refine the way we teach, and then spend the second hour doing what
brought us here in the first place—playing.
Office Hours is that place.
This is a standing two-hour session created exclusively for pickleball coaches. Whether you
coach full-time or part-time, at a club or independently, you’re invited to spend two hours with
people who care as much about the craft as you do.
This is intentionally coaches only.
No lessons. No drop-ins. No exceptions.
Just coaches investing in coaches.
9:00–10:00 AM | Build Better Coaches
The first hour is dedicated entirely to learning from one another.
Court One — Clinic Lab
Share a clinic, progression, game, or teaching concept that’s genuinely worked for you.
Bring your favorite warm-up. Explain how you teach a skill. Demonstrate games your players
ask for every week. Workshop new programming. Leave with ideas you’ll use in your very next
clinic.
Steal responsibly.
Court Two — Drill Lab
A working court devoted entirely to drilling.
Refine patterns. Test new progressions. Experiment with drills before introducing them to
students. Sometimes another coach sees the one detail you’ve been missing.
Probably your feed.
10:00–11:00 AM | Coaches Play
The second hour belongs on the court.
Court One
4-on, 4-off Open Play
Court Two
Challenge Court — Winners Stay
Compete with and against coaches you rarely get to play with. Test ideas under pressure. Meet
coaches from other clubs. Build relationships that make New York’s coaching community
stronger.
Game sharpening game, taking nothing personally.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Beginner ClinicThis 60 minute clinic will focus on stroke technique and building confidence on the court while also re-emphasizing rules, positioning, etc.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
INSTRUCTIONAL LEAGUE: (LOW) INTERMEDIATE (6/5-8/21 ) 12 WEEKSInstructional Leagues
Max 10 players, 2 courts
Two hours unless otherwise noted
One hour of instructor led drills and one hour of supervised play
League stats maintained
Low Intermediate: You have moved from Advanced Beginner to Low Intermediate by improving your consistency when you play. You understand more about shot selection and try to hit the ball with more direction and purpose but you aren't always able to achieve that. You find that your points are lasting longer and you are starting to understand point progression.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
From Zero to HeroWhat Makes It Special
“Zero to Hero” isn’t just a clinic — it’s a journey. It’s about turning doubt into discipline and turning every missed shot into motivation. Under Coach’s guidance, players experience the mindset, movement, and mastery that move them from casual play to confident competition.
Who this clinic is designed for
This program is built for players who are ready to level up — mentally and physically. Whether you’re new to structured training or fighting a plateau, this clinic gives you the tools and confidence to rise.
Primary Focus
The core focus is progress and purpose — developing consistency, positioning, and power while building a champion’s mindset. Every drill is designed to build toward real match readiness.
Moments where frustration turns into flow. That’s the magic of this clinic — every challenge has a breakthrough waiting just past it.
Duration
Each “Zero to Hero” session runs 2 hours — a deep dive into high-intensity training balanced with technical refinement and focused match play. If only one participant, one hour session with Free Open Play.
Ideal For
Players who crave growth, confidence, and transformation — anyone ready to rewrite their pickleball story from the ground up.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
INSTRUCTIONAL LEAGUE: (LOW) INTERMEDIATE to INT (6/27-9/5 ) NO 7/4... 10 WEEKSInstructional Leagues
Max 10 players, 2 courts
Two hours unless otherwise noted
One hour of instructor led drills and one hour of supervised play
League stats maintained
Low Intermediate: You have moved from Advanced Beginner to Low Intermediate by improving your consistency when you play. You understand more about shot selection and try to hit the ball with more direction and purpose but you aren't always able to achieve that. You find that your points are lasting longer and you are starting to understand point progression.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
From Zero to HeroWhat Makes It Special
“Zero to Hero” isn’t just a clinic — it’s a journey. It’s about turning doubt into discipline and turning every missed shot into motivation. Under Coach’s guidance, players experience the mindset, movement, and mastery that move them from casual play to confident competition.
Who this clinic is designed for
This program is built for players who are ready to level up — mentally and physically. Whether you’re new to structured training or fighting a plateau, this clinic gives you the tools and confidence to rise.
Primary Focus
The core focus is progress and purpose — developing consistency, positioning, and power while building a champion’s mindset. Every drill is designed to build toward real match readiness.
Moments where frustration turns into flow. That’s the magic of this clinic — every challenge has a breakthrough waiting just past it.
Duration
Each “Zero to Hero” session runs 2 hours — a deep dive into high-intensity training balanced with technical refinement and focused match play. If only one participant, one hour session with Free Open Play.
Ideal For
Players who crave growth, confidence, and transformation — anyone ready to rewrite their pickleball story from the ground up.
INSTRUCTIONAL LEAGUE: (LOW) INTERMEDIATE (6/7-8/23 ) 12 WEEKSInstructional Leagues
Max 10 players, 2 courts
Two hours unless otherwise noted
One hour of instructor led drills and one hour of supervised play
League stats maintained
Low Intermediate: You have moved from Advanced Beginner to Low Intermediate by improving your consistency when you play. You understand more about shot selection and try to hit the ball with more direction and purpose but you aren't always able to achieve that. You find that your points are lasting longer and you are starting to understand point progression.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.
Hero 101Congratulations on completing your Zero to Hero class with Coach Deepak!
You’ve officially taken the first step in your pickleball journey and are now ready for Hero 101 with Coach Deepak. Join us this Sunday from 12:00 PM to 1:30 PM to continue building your skills, confidence, and understanding of the game. Reservations at Court Reserve.
We look forward to seeing you on the court and helping you continue your pickleball journey!
Intermediate/Advanced 1/1 with James 4.8 rated DUPR instructorCome Learn with Our Instructor James Cannizzaro A 4.8 DUPR rated Player
* First He Will Evaluate You
Then See what you need to work on to get to the next level.
you Could be going over Drives, Dinks, Resets, Transitioning whatever it takes each person is different
far as the progression and what level you are at but Coach James will make
everything a Smooth and easy learning Experience for any level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
If event does not full of 3 participants, it will be cancelled.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Summer Camp Week 10 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
P-Series - P1 - Foundation
Fair Lawn | The PICKLR
P-Series - P1 - Foundation
The P1 Foundation program is designed to introduce players to the core fundamentals of pickleball. It serves as the starting point for new members, ensuring they develop a solid understanding of the game. This program provides structured lessons, skill assessments, and guided practice to help players build confidence and competence in pickleball.
Cost:
Members: $20 (Free with booking pass)
Non-Members: $40
Note: Academy classes are designed for 8 players across 2 courts. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be cancelled and booking passes/credits will be refunded if applicable.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy: Cancellations must be made at least 24 hours in advance. Late cancellations or no-shows may incur a $10 fee.
Suggested Rating: 3.5
Very important: Members please use the booking pass option during checkout if you still have booking passes available in your account. We will not be able to refund you if you chose to pay for the session when you have booking passes available.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Summer Camp Week 10 Afternoon SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Play With a Pro +3 Rising Intermediate 3.0 (1.5 hrs)Play with a Pro (1.5 hour): 3 Participants will play out points/games with the coach playing in. Each session will have a specific focus (e.g. court position; shot patterns) but feedback on all aspects of the game will be given throughout the session. This enables students to learn real time what they can do to improve their game and to better understand what might be holding them back. This works best if people sign up for the right level and/or with others they know are at a similar level as them.
Recommended rating to join this session is 2.8-3.3
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Play With Coach Ellen ClinicPLAY WITH COACH ELLEN
come play with coach Ellen, she will instruct you while you are playing
$35.00 per person
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
BKPT Practice By Jessie (BKPT Member Only)BKPT Practice
BKPT Members Only
Members FREE | Non-Members $40
Description
This dedicated practice session is exclusively for members of the Brooklyn Pickleball Team (BKPT) Program and is offered as part of our partnership with BKPT. Players will have access to reserved court time in a structured team practice environment designed to help build chemistry, sharpen skills, and prepare for league and competitive play.
We’re excited to support the BKPT community by providing a special partner rate and a consistent home for team training.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is intended exclusively for registered BKPT Team members. Players should be prepared for organized drills, match play, and competitive practice with fellow team members.
How Games Run
Practice format will be determined by BKPT leadership and may include drills, situational play, team strategy work, challenge matches, and structured games. This is a dedicated team practice rather than a standard open play session.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
[BEGINNER] Coach Guided Open PlayHave a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
[BEGINNER] Coach Guided Open PlayHave a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
Summer Camp Week 10 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
NEW- Build Your Own Pro+3 - 90minsBuild Your Own Pro+3
Customize your Pro+3 by selecting the players and and skill areas on which you'd like pointers.
Just tell your friends to register or add guests.
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
It is a DRILL, with a casa Coach:table_tennis_paddle_and_ball: This is a DRILL
Every Tuesday | 10:00 AM – 11:00 AM
Looking to build consistency and improve your game one skill at a time? Join us every Tuesday for Drill of the Week, where a Casa Pickle Coach breaks down one essential pickleball drill designed to help you become a stronger, smarter player.
Each session focuses on a single skill, allowing you to understand the purpose of the drill, proper technique, and how to apply it during match play.
Session Format
10:00 – 10:30 AM
Coach demonstration and instruction
Technique breakdown
Strategy and common mistakes
Q&A
10:30 – 11:00 AM
Guided player practice with coach feedback and corrections - Coach will observe not play.
11:00 AM – 12:00 PM
:tada: Complimentary Open Play - no coach present
Stay and put your newly learned skills into action during one hour of free Open Play.
8-Week Drill Rotation
Week 1: Third Shot Drop Consistency
Week 2: Dinking Control & Placement
Week 3: Volley Reflexes & Hand Speed
Week 4: Serve & Return Accuracy
Week 5: Transition Zone Footwork & Resets
Week 6: Crosscourt Dinking & Patience
Week 7: Lob Defense & Overhead Smashes
Week 8: Crazy Angles
The rotation repeats every eight weeks with new coaching tips, progressions, and advanced variations.
Pricing
:gem: Diamond Members: $5
:first_place_medal: Gold Members: $6
:admission_tickets: Visitors: $10
Capacity
Minimum: 4 players
Maximum: 12 players
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Summer Camp Week 10 Afternoon SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With a Pro +3 Rising Intermediate 3.0 (1.5 hrs)Play with a Pro (1.5 hour): 3 Participants will play out points/games with the coach playing in. Each session will have a specific focus (e.g. court position; shot patterns) but feedback on all aspects of the game will be given throughout the session. This enables students to learn real time what they can do to improve their game and to better understand what might be holding them back. This works best if people sign up for the right level and/or with others they know are at a similar level as them.
Recommended rating to join this session is 2.8-3.3
3 and me with Bernard🏓 3 & Me
🧑🏫 Coach
Led by Coach Bernard, a certified pickleball instructor known for developing player confidence and game IQ. His teaching style blends technical precision with in-game adaptability, making each session both challenging and enjoyable.
✨ What Makes It Special
“3 & Me” brings players together in a unique small-group coaching format — three players paired with one experienced coach. This structure creates the perfect balance between personalized attention and dynamic, game-based play.
🎯 Who Is It For
Intermediate+ players looking to level up through focused, small-group coaching.
🔍 Primary Focus
This session is built around real-game scenarios, helping players improve:
• Strategy and shot selection
• Teamwork and court awareness
• Consistency under pressure
The goal is to elevate both individual technique and group coordination.
👀 What to Expect
Players will practice doubles formations, third-shot setups, and transition play while receiving immediate, tactical feedback from the coach during live play.
⏱️ Duration
Each 3 & Me session runs for 60 minutes, offering the ideal balance between focused instruction and match-style play.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
3 and me with Bernard🏓 3 & Me
🧑🏫 Coach
Led by Coach Bernard, a certified pickleball instructor known for developing player confidence and game IQ. His teaching style blends technical precision with in-game adaptability, making each session both challenging and enjoyable.
✨ What Makes It Special
“3 & Me” brings players together in a unique small-group coaching format — three players paired with one experienced coach. This structure creates the perfect balance between personalized attention and dynamic, game-based play.
🎯 Who Is It For
Intermediate+ players looking to level up through focused, small-group coaching.
🔍 Primary Focus
This session is built around real-game scenarios, helping players improve:
• Strategy and shot selection
• Teamwork and court awareness
• Consistency under pressure
The goal is to elevate both individual technique and group coordination.
👀 What to Expect
Players will practice doubles formations, third-shot setups, and transition play while receiving immediate, tactical feedback from the coach during live play.
⏱️ Duration
Each 3 & Me session runs for 60 minutes, offering the ideal balance between focused instruction and match-style play.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
Summer Camp Week 10 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
ADVANCED BEGINNER 11 WEEKS (6/17-8/26)Advanced Beginner(2.5-3.0): You know the basic rules and how to keep score but want to improve your consistency and technique. You’re starting to understand shot selection and dinking. Our instructional leagues and lesson series focus on shots that help you sustain longer rallies, hit moderate-paced shots and start thinking about strategies.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.*
ADVANCED BEGINNER 11 WEEKS (6/17-8/26)Advanced Beginner(2.5-3.0): You know the basic rules and how to keep score but want to improve your consistency and technique. You’re starting to understand shot selection and dinking. Our instructional leagues and lesson series focus on shots that help you sustain longer rallies, hit moderate-paced shots and start thinking about strategies.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.*
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With A Pro 3.0 - 3.5Ready to move up to the High Intermediate 3.5+ level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Summer Camp Week 10 Afternoon SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
NEW - PARTNER STRATEGY ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With Coach Ellen ClinicPLAY WITH COACH ELLEN
come play with coach Ellen, she will instruct you while you are playing
$35.00 per person
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
3 and me with Bernard🏓 3 & Me
🧑🏫 Coach
Led by Coach Bernard, a certified pickleball instructor known for developing player confidence and game IQ. His teaching style blends technical precision with in-game adaptability, making each session both challenging and enjoyable.
✨ What Makes It Special
“3 & Me” brings players together in a unique small-group coaching format — three players paired with one experienced coach. This structure creates the perfect balance between personalized attention and dynamic, game-based play.
🎯 Who Is It For
Intermediate+ players looking to level up through focused, small-group coaching.
🔍 Primary Focus
This session is built around real-game scenarios, helping players improve:
• Strategy and shot selection
• Teamwork and court awareness
• Consistency under pressure
The goal is to elevate both individual technique and group coordination.
👀 What to Expect
Players will practice doubles formations, third-shot setups, and transition play while receiving immediate, tactical feedback from the coach during live play.
⏱️ Duration
Each 3 & Me session runs for 60 minutes, offering the ideal balance between focused instruction and match-style play.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
[INTERMEDIATE] Coach Guided Open Play (5:30pm)Have a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
4 Week Clinic for IntermediateABOUT
This 4-week clinic series is for Intermediate players who are ready to take their game to the next level.
Clinic Schedule
With our coach and 4 other students, you’ll learn the following:
Week 1: how to reliably get to the kitchen (serves, drives, drops, drips, resets)
Week 2: how to stop your opponents getting to the kitchen (returns, 4th shot decision making, drive tolerance, flicks/rolls)
Week 3: How to win once you’re at the kitchen (speedups + dinking patterns)
Week 4: How to be ready for your opponents game plan in the kitchen. (Counters + dinking patterns+ finishing pieces)
Each class will be 1.5 hours long, with a combination of coach-guided drills and demonstrations!
If you were to sign up, it is a commitment to the 4-Week clinic series. If you cannot attend a class, please let your coach know before hand.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
[INTERMEDIATE] Coach Guided Open Play (6:30pm)Have a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
BASICS PLUS lesson series 7/22-8/26Basics Plus (2.0-2.5): You have completed our Absolute Beginner Clinic or are a brand-new player. You’ll learn all the basics and build on your skills to increase your confidence in your game play. You are adding fundamental skills to your toolbox, but you lack consistency. Basics Plus is a 6-week program with one hour of instruction and one hour of unsupervised play.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.*
Summer Camp Week 10 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Clinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with StrategyClinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with Strategy
Ever feel like you’re hitting solid shots but still losing points you should be winning? This six-week series will teach you how to play with intention instead of reacting. You’ll learn how to control the point from the serve and return, take command of the kitchen line, and place the ball to create pressure and force errors—so you’re dictating play rather than hoping for a mistake.Prerequisites: You should be able to execute basic shots (serve, return, drive, drop, volley, and dink) with some consistency or have completed Path to Intermediate Level 1. If you are unsure if this series is the right fit, please reach out.Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by theRacket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy:Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Summer Camp Week 10 Afternoon SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Guided Play with Mark & ElaineGuided Play with Mark & Elaine
Age: All Ages
Level: Beginner & Intermediate
Receive personalized one-on-one coaching during live play.
Get real-time feedback on strategy, positioning, and shot selection.
Learn smarter decision-making in actual game situations.
Improve your skills faster while playing in a fun and supportive environment.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Adult Beginner Full Clinic - 6 Weeks ClinicLearn the foundation for pickleball, such as the basic skills and techniques for playing the game.
Duration: 6 sessions, 6 weeks
Age: 18+
Levels: Beginner/Advanced Beginner
Paddles will be provided
Weekly Lesson:
Week 1 - Non-Volley Zone Fundamentals
Week 2 - Serving & Returning Basics
Week 3 - Transition Zone Fundamentals
Week 4 - Groundstroke Foundations
Week 5 - Court Positioning & Team Chemistry
Week 6 - Game Play Tactics & Strategy
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Coach Office HoursFor years, New York City’s coaching community has talked about creating a place where
coaches could simply be coaches.
A place to exchange ideas instead of guarding them.
To challenge one another, refine the way we teach, and then spend the second hour doing what
brought us here in the first place—playing.
Office Hours is that place.
This is a standing two-hour session created exclusively for pickleball coaches. Whether you
coach full-time or part-time, at a club or independently, you’re invited to spend two hours with
people who care as much about the craft as you do.
This is intentionally coaches only.
No lessons. No drop-ins. No exceptions.
Just coaches investing in coaches.
9:00–10:00 AM | Build Better Coaches
The first hour is dedicated entirely to learning from one another.
Court One — Clinic Lab
Share a clinic, progression, game, or teaching concept that’s genuinely worked for you.
Bring your favorite warm-up. Explain how you teach a skill. Demonstrate games your players
ask for every week. Workshop new programming. Leave with ideas you’ll use in your very next
clinic.
Steal responsibly.
Court Two — Drill Lab
A working court devoted entirely to drilling.
Refine patterns. Test new progressions. Experiment with drills before introducing them to
students. Sometimes another coach sees the one detail you’ve been missing.
Probably your feed.
10:00–11:00 AM | Coaches Play
The second hour belongs on the court.
Court One
4-on, 4-off Open Play
Court Two
Challenge Court — Winners Stay
Compete with and against coaches you rarely get to play with. Test ideas under pressure. Meet
coaches from other clubs. Build relationships that make New York’s coaching community
stronger.
Game sharpening game, taking nothing personally.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
Summer Camp Week 10 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Beginner ClinicThis 60 minute clinic will focus on stroke technique and building confidence on the court while also re-emphasizing rules, positioning, etc.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Summer Camp Week 10 Afternoon SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
SUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMISUMMER BOOT CAMP PICKLEBALL TRAINING WITH COACH CAMI
THIS IS FOR INTERMEDIATE SKILLED LEVEL PLAYERS
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
From Zero to HeroWhat Makes It Special
“Zero to Hero” isn’t just a clinic — it’s a journey. It’s about turning doubt into discipline and turning every missed shot into motivation. Under Coach’s guidance, players experience the mindset, movement, and mastery that move them from casual play to confident competition.
Who this clinic is designed for
This program is built for players who are ready to level up — mentally and physically. Whether you’re new to structured training or fighting a plateau, this clinic gives you the tools and confidence to rise.
Primary Focus
The core focus is progress and purpose — developing consistency, positioning, and power while building a champion’s mindset. Every drill is designed to build toward real match readiness.
Moments where frustration turns into flow. That’s the magic of this clinic — every challenge has a breakthrough waiting just past it.
Duration
Each “Zero to Hero” session runs 2 hours — a deep dive into high-intensity training balanced with technical refinement and focused match play. If only one participant, one hour session with Free Open Play.
Ideal For
Players who crave growth, confidence, and transformation — anyone ready to rewrite their pickleball story from the ground up.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
INSTRUCTIONAL LEAGUE: (LOW) INTERMEDIATE to INT (6/27-9/5 ) NO 7/4... 10 WEEKSInstructional Leagues
Max 10 players, 2 courts
Two hours unless otherwise noted
One hour of instructor led drills and one hour of supervised play
League stats maintained
Low Intermediate: You have moved from Advanced Beginner to Low Intermediate by improving your consistency when you play. You understand more about shot selection and try to hit the ball with more direction and purpose but you aren't always able to achieve that. You find that your points are lasting longer and you are starting to understand point progression.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
From Zero to HeroWhat Makes It Special
“Zero to Hero” isn’t just a clinic — it’s a journey. It’s about turning doubt into discipline and turning every missed shot into motivation. Under Coach’s guidance, players experience the mindset, movement, and mastery that move them from casual play to confident competition.
Who this clinic is designed for
This program is built for players who are ready to level up — mentally and physically. Whether you’re new to structured training or fighting a plateau, this clinic gives you the tools and confidence to rise.
Primary Focus
The core focus is progress and purpose — developing consistency, positioning, and power while building a champion’s mindset. Every drill is designed to build toward real match readiness.
Moments where frustration turns into flow. That’s the magic of this clinic — every challenge has a breakthrough waiting just past it.
Duration
Each “Zero to Hero” session runs 2 hours — a deep dive into high-intensity training balanced with technical refinement and focused match play. If only one participant, one hour session with Free Open Play.
Ideal For
Players who crave growth, confidence, and transformation — anyone ready to rewrite their pickleball story from the ground up.
Adaptive Pickleball Clinic (All Ages) - 6 Weeks ClinicAdaptive Pickleball - Inclusion, Fitness & Social Engagement
The Standard Game is modified to teach people with physical, cognitive and developmental challenges.
6-Weeks Session
Age: 9+
Level: All Levels
Paddles will be provided
Hero 101Congratulations on completing your Zero to Hero class with Coach Deepak!
You’ve officially taken the first step in your pickleball journey and are now ready for Hero 101 with Coach Deepak. Join us this Sunday from 12:00 PM to 1:30 PM to continue building your skills, confidence, and understanding of the game. Reservations at Court Reserve.
We look forward to seeing you on the court and helping you continue your pickleball journey!
Intermediate/Advanced 1/1 with James 4.8 rated DUPR instructorCome Learn with Our Instructor James Cannizzaro A 4.8 DUPR rated Player
* First He Will Evaluate You
Then See what you need to work on to get to the next level.
you Could be going over Drives, Dinks, Resets, Transitioning whatever it takes each person is different
far as the progression and what level you are at but Coach James will make
everything a Smooth and easy learning Experience for any level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
If event does not full of 3 participants, it will be cancelled.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Summer Camp Week 11 Morning SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
P-Series - P1 - Foundation
Fair Lawn | The PICKLR
P-Series - P1 - Foundation
The P1 Foundation program is designed to introduce players to the core fundamentals of pickleball. It serves as the starting point for new members, ensuring they develop a solid understanding of the game. This program provides structured lessons, skill assessments, and guided practice to help players build confidence and competence in pickleball.
Cost:
Members: $20 (Free with booking pass)
Non-Members: $40
Note: Academy classes are designed for 8 players across 2 courts. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be cancelled and booking passes/credits will be refunded if applicable.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy: Cancellations must be made at least 24 hours in advance. Late cancellations or no-shows may incur a $10 fee.
Suggested Rating: 3.5
Very important: Members please use the booking pass option during checkout if you still have booking passes available in your account. We will not be able to refund you if you chose to pay for the session when you have booking passes available.
Summer Camp Week 11 Afternoon SessionSummer Camp for children ages 7 to 13 years of age. Children will be offered three hours of pickleball, instruction and fun activities in a structured and air-conditioned facility. Children must be picked up and dropped off at the facility. Make up days or refunds for missed days will not be permitted. All participants must wear proper sneakers. Children should be sent with a snack and refillable water bottle.
Bell Works, 101 Crawfords Corner Road, Holmdel, NJ 07733, USA
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Play with Pro with IanPlay alongside a pro in a fun, interactive session while receiving real-time coaching, strategy tips, and personalized feedback.
Duration: 60 minutes
Age: Age 16+
Levels: High Intermediate, Intermediate
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class with Coach Cami🔥 Get Ready for the Ultimate Workout at Pickleball HQ! 🔥
Join us for Cardio/Drill Pickleball Class — a high-energy, fast-paced fitness session that blends the thrill
of Pickleball with heart-pumping cardio drills. Whether you’re looking to sharpen your skills on the court or
just want a fun way to stay fit, this class will push your agility, endurance, and overall fitness to the next level.
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
Play With Coach Ellen ClinicPLAY WITH COACH ELLEN
come play with coach Ellen, she will instruct you while you are playing
$35.00 per person
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations for all programming, court rentals, and private lessons must be made at least 24 hours in advance.
Cancellations made more than 24 hours in advance will not be charged. If payment has already been made, a club credit will be issued.
Cancellations within 24 hours of the scheduled time are non-refundable and will not receive a credit.
The cancellation policy applies to all situations, including illness, injury, waitlist status, or any other reason. No exceptions will be made.
For MVP and HQ Infinity Members: If you do not cancel at least 24 hours in advance, your account will be charged the applicable rate for the booking. We ask that you please be courteous to your fellow players by giving them the opportunity to register and enjoy great games.
BKPT Practice By Jessie (BKPT Member Only)BKPT Practice
BKPT Members Only
Members FREE | Non-Members $40
Description
This dedicated practice session is exclusively for members of the Brooklyn Pickleball Team (BKPT) Program and is offered as part of our partnership with BKPT. Players will have access to reserved court time in a structured team practice environment designed to help build chemistry, sharpen skills, and prepare for league and competitive play.
We’re excited to support the BKPT community by providing a special partner rate and a consistent home for team training.
Best Fit for This Session
This session is intended exclusively for registered BKPT Team members. Players should be prepared for organized drills, match play, and competitive practice with fellow team members.
How Games Run
Practice format will be determined by BKPT leadership and may include drills, situational play, team strategy work, challenge matches, and structured games. This is a dedicated team practice rather than a standard open play session.
Before You Arrive
Bring athletic gear, clean court shoes, and your paddle. Need one? Paddle rentals and balls are available on site. Please arrive 10 minutes early for check-in.
Snacks, drinks, and water refills are also available on site.
Cancellation Details
Cancellations made 24+ hours in advance receive a full refund as an account credit. Late cancellations and no-shows are non-refundable.
If we cancel the session due to low registration or other reasons, your refund will be sent back to your original payment method within 3–5 business days. All other refunds are issued as account credit.
49 Ash St ste 1, Brooklyn, NY 11222, United States
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
[BEGINNER] Coach Guided Open PlayHave a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
[BEGINNER] Coach Guided Open PlayHave a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
INSTRUCTIONAL LEAGUE: (LOW) INTERMEDIATE to INT (6/27-9/5 ) NO 7/4... 10 WEEKSInstructional Leagues
Max 10 players, 2 courts
Two hours unless otherwise noted
One hour of instructor led drills and one hour of supervised play
League stats maintained
Low Intermediate: You have moved from Advanced Beginner to Low Intermediate by improving your consistency when you play. You understand more about shot selection and try to hit the ball with more direction and purpose but you aren't always able to achieve that. You find that your points are lasting longer and you are starting to understand point progression.
*Consistency and the correct number of players in the group is important to this program. If you are unable to attend a session, please email [email protected] 48 hours or more in advance and we will try to offer options for a make-up class. Make ups for missed classes are not guaranteed.